<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
<!DOCTYPE ONIXmessage SYSTEM
"http://www.editeur.org/onix/2.1/short/onix-international.dtd">
<ONIXmessage>
<header>
<m174>Pearson Education</m174>
<m175>David Ahmadi, 201-236-7861</m175>
<m283>david.ahmadi@pearsoned.com</m283>
<m178>(Test)</m178>
<m179> </m179>
<m182>20091204</m182>
<m184>eng</m184>
<m185>01</m185>
<m186>USD</m186>
<m193>gen</m193>
</header>
<product>
<a001>0135129664</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135129664</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135129661</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135129661</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135129661</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>BB</b012>
<series>
<b018>Prentice Hall International Series in the Physical and Chemical Engineering Sciences</b018>
</series>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>Analysis, Synthesis and Design of Chemical Processes</b203>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Turton, Richard</b037>
<b039>Richard</b039>
<b040>Turton</b040>
<b046>West Virginia University</b046>
</contributor>
<contributor>
<b034>2</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Bailie, Richard C.</b037>
<b039>Richard C.</b039>
<b040>Bailie</b040>
<b046>New Bern, North Carolina</b046>
</contributor>
<contributor>
<b034>3</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Whiting, Wallace B.</b037>
<b039>Wallace B.</b039>
<b040>Whiting</b040>
<b046>University of Nevada</b046>
</contributor>
<contributor>
<b034>4</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Shaeiwitz, Joseph A.</b037>
<b039>Joseph A.</b039>
<b040>Shaeiwitz</b040>
<b046>West Virginia University</b046>
</contributor>
<b057>3</b057>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>1088</b061>
<b064>TEC009010</b064>
<b073>06</b073>
<othertext>
<d102>13</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[ <b>Richard Turton, P.E., </b>has taught the senior design course at West Virginia University for the past 22 years. Previously, he spent five years in the design and construction industry.<br><br><b>Richard C. Bailie, </b>professor emeritus at WVU, taught chemical engineering design for more than 20 years, and has ten years of additional experience in process evaluation, pilot plant operation, plant start-up, and industrial consulting.<br><br><b>Wallace B. Whiting, P.E., </b>professor emeritus at the University of Nevada, Reno, has practiced and taught chemical process design for more than 24 years. <br><br><b>Joseph A. Shaeiwitz </b>has been involved in WVU&rsquo;s senior design sequence and unique sophomore- and junior-level integrated design projects for 20 years.<b><br></b> 					 				]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>01</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<b>The Leading Integrated Chemical Process Design Guide: Now with New Problems, New Projects, and More</b><br><br>More than ever, effective design is the focal point of sound chemical engineering. <b><i>Analysis, Synthesis, and Design of Chemical Processes, Third Edition,</i></b> presents design as a creative process that integrates both the big picture and the small details&mdash;and knows which to stress when, and why. Realistic from start to finish, this book moves readers beyond classroom exercises into open-ended, real-world process problem solving. The authors introduce integrated techniques for every facet of the discipline, from finance to operations, new plant design to existing process optimization.<br><br>This fully updated Third Edition presents entirely new problems at the end of every chapter. It also adds extensive coverage of batch process design, including realistic examples of equipment sizing for batch sequencing; batch scheduling for multi-product plants; improving production via intermediate storage and parallel equipment; and new optimization techniques specifically for batch processes.<br><br>Coverage includes<br><ul><li>Conceptualizing and analyzing chemical processes: flow diagrams, tracing, process conditions, and more</li><li>Chemical process economics: analyzing capital and manufacturing costs, and predicting or assessing profitability </li><li>Synthesizing and optimizing chemical processing: experience-based principles, BFD/PFD, simulations, and more</li><li>Analyzing process performance via I/O models, performance curves, and other tools</li><li>Process troubleshooting and &ldquo;debottlenecking&rdquo;</li><li>Chemical engineering design and society: ethics, professionalism, health, safety, and new &ldquo;green engineering&rdquo; techniques</li><li>Participating successfully in chemical engineering design teams</li></ul><i><b>Analysis, Synthesis, and Design of Chemical Processes, Third Edition,</b> </i>draws on nearly 35 years of innovative chemical engineering instruction at West Virginia University. It includes suggested curricula for both single-semester and year-long design courses; case studies and design projects with practical applications; and appendixes with current equipment cost data and preliminary design information for eleven chemical processes&mdash;including seven brand new to this edition. <br><br><b>About the CD-ROM</b><br>The CD-ROM contains the latest version of CAPCOST, a powerful tool for evaluating fixed capital investment, full process economics, and profitability&mdash;now expanded with cost data for conveyors, crystallizers, dryers, dust collectors, filters, mixers, reactors, and screens. It also contains the HENSAD tool for constructing temperature interval, cascade, and temperature enthalpy diagrams; estimating optimal approach temperatures; and designing heat exchanger networks. Also provided: additional chapters on outcomes assessment, written and oral communications, and a written report case study, as well as six complete student design projects.<br><br>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>33</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?> <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <!-- This document was converted from RTF source:  By r2net 6.2.22  Lib V5.1.1 Translation: hepm.trn See http://www.logictran.com Operator: Eric S. Miller (eric -dot- miller -at- pearson -dot- com) Translation Date:12/16/2008 Translation Time:14:53:28 --> <head> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;" /> <title>Preface</title> </head>  <body> <h1>Preface</h1> <p>This book represents the culmination of many years of teaching experience in the senior design course at West Virginia University (WVU) and University of Nevada, Reno. Although the program at WVU has evolved over the past 30 years and is still evolving, it is fair to say that the current program has gelled over the past 20 years as a concerted effort by the authors to integrate design throughout the undergraduate curriculum in chemical engineering. </p> <p>We view design as the focal point of chemical engineering practice. Far more than the development of a set of specifications for a new chemical plant, design is the creative activity through which engineers continuously improve the operations of facilities to create products that enhance the quality of life. Whether developing the grassroots plant, proposing and guiding process modifications, or troubleshooting and implementing operational strategies for existing equipment, engineering design requires a broad spectrum of knowledge and intellectual skills to be able to analyze the big picture and the minute details and, most important, to know when to concentrate on each. </p> <p>Our vehicle for helping students develop and hone their design skills is process design rather than plant design, covering synthesis of the entire chemical process through topics relating to the preliminary sizing of equipment, flowsheet optimization, economic evaluation of projects, and the operation of chemical processes. The purpose of this text is to assist chemical engineering students in making the transition from solving well-posed problems in a specific subject to integrating all the knowledge that they have gained in their undergraduate education and applying this information to solving open-ended process problems. Many of the nuts-and-bolts issues regarding plant design (for example, what schedule pipe to use for a given stream or what corrosion allowance to use for a vessel in a certain service) are not covered. Although such issues are clearly important to the practicing engineer, several excellent handbooks and textbooks are available to address such problems, and these are cited in the text where applicable. </p> <p>In the third edition, we have rearranged some of the material from previous editions, added a new chapter on batch processing and a section on optimization of batch processes, and supplied new problems for all of the quantitative chapters. We continue to emphasize the importance of understanding, analyzing, and synthesizing chemical processes and process flow diagrams. To this end, we have expanded Appendix B to include an additional seven preliminary designs of chemical processes. The CAPCOST program for preliminary evaluation of fixed capital investment and profitability analysis has been expanded to include more equipment. Finally, the chapters on outcomes assessment, written and oral communications, and a written report case study have been moved to the CD accompanying the text. </p> <p>The arrangement of chapters into the six sections of the book is similar to that adopted in the second edition. These sections are as follows. </p> <ul> 	<li>Section 1&#8212;Conceptualization and Analysis of Chemical Processes </li> 	<li>Section 2&#8212;Engineering Economic Analysis of Chemical Processes </li> 	<li>Section 3&#8212;Synthesis and Optimization of Chemical Processes </li> 	<li>Section 4&#8212;Analysis of Process Performance </li> 	<li>Section 5&#8212;The Impact of Chemical Engineering Design on Society </li> 	<li>Section 6&#8212; Interpersonal and Communication Skills </li> </ul> <p>In Section 1, the student is introduced first to the principal diagrams that are used to describe a chemical process. Next, the evolution and generation of different process configurations are covered. Key concepts used in evaluating batch processes are included in the new Chapter 3, and the chapter on product design has been moved to Chapter 4. Finally, the analysis of existing processes is covered. </p> <p>In Section 2, the information needed to assess the economic feasibility of a process is covered. This includes the estimation of fixed capital investment and manufacturing costs, the concepts of the time value of money and financial calculations, and finally the combination of these costs into profitability measures for the process. </p> <p>Section 3 covers the synthesis of a chemical process. The minimum information required to simulate a process is given, as are the basics of using a process simulator. The choice of the appropriate thermodynamic model to use in a simulation is covered, and the choice of separation operations is covered. In addition, process optimization (including an introduction to optimization of batch processes) and heat integration techniques are covered in this section. </p> <p>In Section 4, the analysis of the performance of existing processes and equipment is covered. The material in Section 4 is substantially different from that found in most textbooks. We consider equipment that is already built and operating and analyze how the operation can be changed, how an operating problem may be solved, and how to analyze what has occurred in the process to cause an observed change. </p> <p>In Section 5, the impact of chemical engineering design on society is covered. The role of the professional engineer in society is addressed. Separate chapters addressing ethics and professionalism, health, safety, and the environment, and green engineering are included. </p> <p>In Section 6, the interpersonal skills required by the engineer to function as part of a team and to communicate both orally and in written form are covered (both in the text and on the CD). An entire chapter (on the CD) is devoted to addressing some of the common mistakes that students make in written reports. </p> <p>Finally, three appendices are included. Appendix A gives a series of cost charts for equipment. This information is embedded in the CAPCOST program for evaluating fixed capital investments and process economics. Appendix B gives the preliminary design information for 11 chemical processes: dimethyl ether, ethylbenzene, styrene, drying oil, maleic anhydride, ethylene oxide, formalin, batch manufacture of amino acids, acrylic acid, acetone, and heptenes production. This information is used in many of the end-of-chapter problems in the book. These processes can also be used as the starting point for more detailed analyses&#8212;for example, optimization studies. Other projects, detailed in Appendix C, are included on the CD accompanying this book. The reader (faculty and students) is also referred to our Web site at che.cemr.wvu.edu/publications/projects/, where a variety of design projects for sophomore- through senior-level chemical engineering courses is provided. There is also a link to another Web site that contains environmentally related design projects. </p> <p>For a one-semester design course, we recommend including the following core: </p> <ul> 	<li>	Section 1&#8212;Chapters 1 through 6 </li> 	<li>	Section 3&#8212;Chapters 11, 12, and 13 </li> 	<li>	Section 5&#8212;Chapters 23 and 24 </li> </ul> <p>For programs in which engineering economics is not a prerequisite to the design course, Section 2 (Chapters 7&#8211;10) should also be included. If students have previously covered engineering economics, Chapters 14 and 15 covering optimization and pinch technology could be substituted. </p> <p>For the second term of a two-term sequence, we recommend Chapters 16 through 20 (and Chapters 14 and 15 if not included in the first design course) plus design projects. If time permits, we also recommend Chapter 21 (Regulating Process Conditions) and Chapter 22 (Process Troubleshooting) because these tend to solidify as well as extend the concepts of Chapters 16 through 20, that is, what an entry-level process engineer will encounter in the first few years of employment at a chemical process facility. For an environmental emphasis, Chapter 25 could be substituted for Chapters 21 and 22; however, it is recommended that supplementary material be included. </p> <p>We have found that the most effective way both to enhance and to examine student progress is through oral presentations in addition to the submission of written reports. During these oral presentations, individual students or a student group defends its results to a faculty panel, much as a graduate student defends a thesis or dissertation. </p> <p>Because design is at its essence a creative, dynamic, challenging, and iterative activity, we welcome feedback on and encourage experimentation with this design textbook. We hope that students and faculty will find the excitement in teaching and learning engineering design that has sustained us over the years. </p> <p>Finally, we would like to thank those people who have been instrumental to the successful completion of this book. Many thanks are given to all undergraduate chemical engineering students at West Virginia University over the years, particularly the period 1992&#8211;2008. In particular, we would like to thank Joe Stoffa, who was responsible for developing the spreadsheet version of CAPCOST, and Mary Metzger and John Ramsey, who were responsible for collecting and correlating equipment cost information for this edition. We also acknowledge the many faculty who have provided, both formally and informally, feedback about this text. Finally, RT would like to thank his wife Becky for her continued support, love, and patience during the preparation of this third edition. </p> <p>R.T. </p> <p>R.C.B. </p> <p>W.B.W. </p> <p>J.A.S. </p>    <br /> <p>&#169; Copyright Pearson Education. All rights reserved.</p> </body> </html> </UL>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>04</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<b><i>Material on the CD-ROM&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; xix<br>Preface&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; xxiii<br>About the Authors&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; xxvii<br>List of Nomenclature&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; xxix</i><br></b><br><b>SECTION 1: CONCEPTUALIZATION AND ANALYSIS OF CHEMICAL PROCESSES&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 1<br>Chapter 1: Diagrams for Understanding Chemical Processes&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 5</b><br>1.1 Block Flow Diagrams (BFDs) 7<br>1.2 Process Flow Diagram (PFD) 9<br>1.3 Piping and Instrumentation Diagram (P&amp;ID) 26<br>1.4 Additional Diagrams 32<br>1.5 Three-Dimensional Representation of a Process 33<br>1.6 The 3-D Plant Model 42<br>1.7 Summary 44<br>References 45<br>Short Answer Questions 45<br>Problems 46<br><br><b>Chapter 2: The Structure and Synthesis of Process Flow Diagrams&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 51</b><br>2.1 Hierarchy of Process Design 51<br>2.2 Step 1&mdash;Batch versus Continuous Process 52<br>2.3 Step 2&mdash;The Input/Output Structure of the Process 57<br>2.4 Step 3&mdash;The Recycle Structure of the Process 68<br>2.5 Step 4&mdash;General Structure of the Separation System 84<br>2.6 Step 5&mdash;Heat-Exchanger Network or Process Energy Recovery System 84<br>2.7 Information Required and Sources 84<br>2.8 Summary 84<br>References 86<br>Short Answer Questions 88<br>Problems 88<br><br><b>Chapter 3: Batch Processing&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 93</b><br>3.1 Design Calculations for Batch Processes 93<br>3.2 Gantt Charts and Scheduling 100<br>3.3 Nonoverlapping, Overlapping Operations, and Cycle Times 101<br>3.4 Flowshop and Jobshop Plants 104<br>3.5 Product and Intermediate Storage and Parallel Process Units 110<br>3.6 Design of Equipment for Multiproduct Batch Processes 116<br>3.7 Summary 119<br>References 119<br>Short Answer Questions 119<br>Problems 120<br><br><b>Chapter 4: Chemical Product Design&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 123</b><br>4.1 Strategies for Chemical Product Design 124<br>4.2 Needs 126<br>4.3 Ideas 128<br>4.4 Selection 129<br>4.5 Manufacture 131<br>4.6 Batch Processing 132<br>4.7 Economic Considerations 132<br>4.8 Summary 133<br>References 133<br><br><b>Chapter 5: Tracing Chemicals through the Process Flow Diagram&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 135</b><br>5.1 Guidelines and Tactics for Tracing Chemicals 135<br>5.2 Tracing Primary Paths Taken by Chemicals in a Chemical Process 136<br>5.3 Recycle and Bypass Streams 142<br>5.4 Tracing Nonreacting Chemicals 146<br>5.5 Limitations 147<br>5.6 Written Process Description 147<br>5.7 Summary 149<br>Problems 149<br><br><b>Chapter 6:&nbsp; Understanding Process Conditions&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 151</b><br>6.1 Conditions of Special Concern for the Operation of Separation and Reactor Systems 152<br>6.2 Reasons for Operating at Conditions of Special Concern 154<br>6.3 Conditions of Special Concern for the Operation of Other Equipment 159<br>6.4 Analysis of Important Process Conditions 163<br>6.5 Summary 171<br>References 172<br>Short Answer Questions 172<br>Problems 172<br><br><b>SECTION 2: ENGINEERING ECONOMIC ANALYSIS OF CHEMICAL PROCESSES&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 175</b><br><b>Chapter 7: Estimation of Capital Costs&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 177</b><br>7.1 Classifications of Capital Cost Estimates 177<br>7.2 Estimation of Purchased Equipment Costs 181<br>7.3 Estimating the Total Capital Cost of a Plant 187<br>7.4 Summary 215<br>References 215<br>Short Answer Questions 216<br>Problems 216<br><br><b>Chapter 8: Estimation of Manufacturing Costs&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 221</b><br>8.1 Factors Affecting the Cost of Manufacturing a Chemical Product 221<br>8.2 Cost of Operating Labor 226<br>8.3 Utility Costs 228<br>8.4 Raw Material Costs 244<br>8.5 Yearly Costs and Stream Factors 246<br>8.6 Estimating Utility Costs from the PFD 247<br>8.7 Cost of Treating Liquid and Solid Waste Streams 250<br>8.8 Evaluation of Cost of Manufacture for the Production of Benzene via the Hydrodealkylation of Toluene 250<br>8.9 Summary 251<br>References 252<br>Short Answer Questions 252<br>Problems 253<br><br><b>Chapter 9: Engineering Economic Analysis&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 257</b><br>9.1 Investments and the Time Value of Money 258<br>9.2 Different Types of Interest 262<br>9.3 Time Basis for Compound Interest Calculations 264<br>9.4 Cash Flow Diagrams 266<br>9.5 Calculations from Cash Flow Diagrams 270<br>9.6 Inflation 276<br>9.7 Depreciation of Capital Investment 279<br>9.8 Taxation, Cash Flow, and Profit 286<br>9.9 Summary 288<br>References 290<br>Short Answer Questions 290<br>Problems 291<br><br><b>Chapter 10: Profitability Analysis&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 297</b><br>10.1 A Typical Cash Flow Diagram for a New Project&nbsp; 297<br>10.2 Profitability Criteria for Project Evaluation 299<br>10.3 Comparing Several Large Projects: Incremental Economic Analysis 308<br>10.4 Establishing Acceptable Returns from Investments: The Concept of Risk 311<br>10.5 Evaluation of Equipment Alternatives 312<br>10.6 Incremental Analysis for Retrofitting Facilities 319<br>10.7 Evaluation of Risk in Evaluating Profitability 325<br>10.8 Profit Margin Analysis 344<br>10.9 Summary 345<br>References 346<br>Short Answer Questions 346<br>Problems 347<br><br><b>SECTION 3: SYNTHESIS AND OPTIMIZATION OF CHEMICAL PROCESSES&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 361<br>Chapter 11: Utilizing Experience-Based Principles to Confirm the Suitability of a Process Design&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 363</b><br>11.1 The Role of Experience in the Design Process 364<br>11.2 Presentation of Tables of Technical Heuristics and Guidelines 368<br>11.3 Summary 371<br>References 389<br>Problems 389<br><br><b>Chapter 12: Synthesis of the PFD from the Generic BFD&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 391</b><br>12.1 Information Needs and Sources 392<br>12.2 Reactor Section 394<br>12.3 Separator Section 396<br>12.4 Reactor Feed Preparation and Separator Feed Preparation Sections 415<br>12.5 Recycle Section 416<br>12.6 Environmental Control Section 416<br>12.7 Major Process Control Loops 416<br>12.8 Flow Summary Table 417<br>12.9 Major Equipment Summary Table 417<br>12.10 Summary 418<br>References 418<br>Problems 419<br><br><b>Chapter 13: Synthesis of a Process Using a Simulator and Simulator Troubleshooting&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 423</b><br>13.1 The Structure of a Process Simulator 424<br>13.2 Information Required to Complete a Process Simulation: Input Data 428<br>13.3 Handling Recycle Streams 441<br>13.4 Choosing Thermodynamic Models 443<br>13.5 Case Study: Toluene Hydrodealkylation Process 457<br>13.6 Summary 460<br>References 460<br>Problems 461<br><br><b>Chapter 14: Process Optimization&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 465</b><br>14.1 Background Information on Optimization 465<br>14.2 Strategies 471<br>14.3 Topological Optimization 476<br>14.4 Parametric Optimization 484<br>14.5 Lattice Search Techniques versus Response Surface Techniques 496<br>14.6 Process Flexibility and the Sensitivity of the Optimum 497<br>14.7 Optimization in Batch Systems 497<br>14.8 Summary 506<br>References 507<br>Short Answer Questions 507<br>Problems 507<br><br><b>Chapter 15: Pinch Technology&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 521</b><br>15.1 Introduction 521<br>15.2 Heat Integration and Network Design 522<br>15.3 Composite Temperature-Enthalpy Diagram 539<br>15.4 Composite Enthalpy Curves for Systems without a Pinch 540<br>15.5 Using the Composite Enthalpy Curve to Estimate Heat-Exchanger Surface Area 541<br>15.6 Effectiveness Factor (F) and the Number of Shells 545<br>15.7 Combining Costs to Give the EAOC for the Network 552<br>15.8 Other Considerations 554<br>15.9 Heat-Exchanger Network Synthesis Analysis and Design (HENSAD) Program 559<br>15.10 Mass-Exchange Networks 560<br>15.11 Summary 570<br>References 570<br>Short Answer Questions 571<br>Problems 572<br><br><b>SECTION 4: ANALYSIS OF PROCESS PERFORMANCE&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 579</b><br><b>Chapter 16: Process Input/Output Models&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 583</b><br>16.1 Representation of Process Inputs and Outputs 584<br>16.2 Analysis of the Effect of Process Inputs on Process Outputs 587<br>16.3 A Process Example 588<br>16.4 Summary 590<br>Problems 591<br><br><b>Chapter 17: Tools for Evaluating Process Performance&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 593</b><br>17.1 Key Relationships 593<br>17.2 Thinking with Equations 595<br>17.3 Base-Case Ratios 597<br>17.4 Analysis of Systems Using Controlling Resistances 599<br>17.5 Graphical Representations 601<br>17.6 Summary 606<br>Reference 607<br>Problems 607<br><br><b>Chapter 18: Performance Curves for Individual Unit Operations&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 609</b><br>18.1 Applications to Heat Transfer 611<br>18.2 Application to Fluid Flow 617<br>18.3 Application to Separation Problems 633<br>18.4 Summary 647<br>Reference 648<br>Short Answer Questions 648<br>Problems 650<br><br><b>Chapter 19: Performance of Multiple Unit Operations&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 659</b><br>19.1 Analysis of a Reactor with Heat Transfer 659<br>19.2 Performance of a Distillation Column 664<br>19.3 Performance of a Heating Loop 671<br>19.4 Performance of the Feed Section to a Process 677<br>19.5 Summary 681<br>References 682<br>Short Answer Questions 682<br>Problems 682<br><br><b>Chapter 20: Reactor Performance&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 699</b><br>20.1 Production of Desired Product 701<br>20.2 Reaction Kinetics and Thermodynamics 703<br>20.3 The Chemical Reactor 706<br>20.4 Heat Transfer in the Chemical Reactor 712<br>20.5 Reactor System Case Studies 715<br>20.6 Summary 730<br>References 731<br>Short Answer Questions 731<br>Problems 732<br><br><b>Chapter 21: Regulating Process Conditions&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 737</b><br>21.1 A Simple Regulation Problem 738<br>21.2 The Characteristics of Regulating Valves 740<br>21.3 Regulating Flowrates and Pressures 742<br>21.4 The Measurement of Process Variables 746<br>21.5 Common Control Strategies Used in Chemical Processes 746<br>21.6 Exchanging Heat and Work between Process and Utility Streams 753<br>21.7 Case Studies 761<br>21.8 Summary 767<br>References 768<br>Problems 768<br><br><b>Chapter 22: Process Troubleshooting and Debottlenecking&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 773</b><br>22.1 Recommended Methodology 775<br>22.2 Troubleshooting Individual Units 780<br>22.3 Troubleshooting Multiple Units 787<br>22.4 A Process Troubleshooting Problem 792<br>22.5 Debottlenecking Problems 798<br>22.6 Summary 799<br>References 799<br>Problems 799<br><br><b>SECTION 5: THE IMPACT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING DESIGN ON SOCIETY&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 809<br>Chapter 23: Ethics and Professionalism&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 811</b><br>23.1 Ethics 812<br>23.2 Professional Registration 833<br>23.3 Legal Liability 839<br>23.4 Business Codes of Conduct 841<br>23.5 Summary 842<br>References 842<br>Problems 844<br><br><b>Chapter 24: Health, Safety, and the Environment&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 847</b><br>24.1 Risk Assessment 848<br>24.2 Regulations and Agencies 851<br>24.3 Fires and Explosions 863<br>24.4 Process Hazard Analysis 865<br>24.5 Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation Board 875<br>24.6 Inherently Safe Design 875<br>24.7 Summary 876<br>24.8 Glossary 876<br>References 878<br>Problems 879<br><br><b>Chapter 25: Green Engineering&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 881</b><br>25.1 Environmental Regulations 881<br>25.2 Environmental Fate of Chemicals 883<br>25.3 Green Chemistry 886<br>25.4 Pollution Prevention during Process Design 887<br>25.5 Analysis of a PFD for Pollution Performance and Environmental Performance 890<br>25.6 An Example of the Economics of Pollution Prevention 891<br>25.7 Life Cycle Analysis 892<br>25.8 Summary 893<br>References 894<br>Problems 895<br><br><b>SECTION 6: INTERPERSONAL AND COMMUNICATION SKILLS&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 897<br>Chapter 26: Teamwork&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 899</b><br>26.1 Groups 899<br>26.2 Group Evolution 910<br>26.3 Teams and Teamwork 913<br>26.4 Misconceptions 916<br>26.5 Learning in Teams 917<br>26.6 Other Reading 918<br>26.7 Summary 920<br>References 920<br>Problems 921<br><br><b>Appendix A: Cost Equations and Curves for the CAPCOST Program&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 923</b><br>A.1 Purchased Equipment Costs&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 923<br>A.2 Pressure Factors 941<br>A.3 Material Factors and Bare Module Factors 945<br>References 954<br><br><b>Appendix B: Information for the Preliminary Design of Eleven Chemical Processes&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 955</b><br>B.1 DME Production, Unit 200&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 956<br>B.2 Ethyl Benzene Production, Unit 300&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 962<br>B.3 Styrene Production, Unit 400&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 970<br>B.4 Drying Oil Production, Unit 500&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 978<br>B.5 Production of Maleic Anhydride from Benzene, Unit 600&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 984<br>B.6 Ethylene Oxide Production, Unit 700&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 991<br>B.7 Formalin Production, Unit 800&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 1000<br>B.8 Batch Production of L-Phenylalanine and L-Aspartic Acid, Unit 900&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 1007<br>B.9 Acrylic Acid Production via the Catalytic Partial Oxidation of Propylene 1015<br>B.10 Production of Acetone via the Dehydrogenation of Isopropyl Alcohol (IPA), Unit 1100&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 1026<br>B.11 Production of Heptenes from Propylene and Butenes, Unit 1200&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 1035<br><br><i><b>Index 1045</b></i><br><br>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<mediafile>
<f114>04</f114>
<f115>03</f115>
<f116>06</f116>
<f117>0135129664.jpg</f117>
</mediafile>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall PTR</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20081224</b003>
<b087>2009</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>WORLD</b388>
</salesrights>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>9.52</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>7.32</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>1.795</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>1719</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<relatedproduct>
<h208>03</h208>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0130647926</b244>
</productidentifier>
</relatedproduct>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>6</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>k</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>140.00</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135129699</a001>
<a002>02</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135129699</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135129692</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135129692</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135129692</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>BB</b012>
<n338/>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>Basic Construction Materials</b203>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Marotta, Theodore</b037>
<b039>Theodore</b039>
<b040>Marotta</b040>
</contributor>
<contributor>
<b034>2</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Coffey, John C</b037>
<b039>John C</b039>
<b040>Coffey</b040>
</contributor>
<contributor>
<b034>3</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>LaFleur-Brown, Cynthia</b037>
<b039>Cynthia</b039>
<b040>LaFleur-Brown</b040>
</contributor>
<contributor>
<b034>4</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>LaPlante, Christine</b037>
<b039>Christine</b039>
<b040>LaPlante</b040>
</contributor>
<b057>8</b057>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>576</b061>
<b064>TEC005000</b064>
<b073>05</b073>
<othertext>
<d102>04</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px">1. Introduction<BR>2. Aggregates <BR>3. Asphalt <BR>4. Portland Cement Concrete <BR>5. Iron and Steel <BR>6. Wood <BR>7. Masonry <BR><BR></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Appendices</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Metrics.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Formulas for Areas and Volumes.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">ASTM Standards Relating to Aggregates.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">ASTM Standards Relating to Asphalt Concrete.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">ASTM Standards Relating to Concrete.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">ASTM Standards Relating to Masonry.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">ASTM Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">APA&mdash;The Engineered Wood Association Design Tables for Glulam Garage Door Headers and Substituting Glulam for Steel or Solid-Sawn Lumber Beams.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Index.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<mediafile>
<f114>04</f114>
<f115>03</f115>
<f116>06</f116>
<f117>0135129699.jpg</f117>
</mediafile>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>02</b394>
<b003>20100315</b003>
<b087>2011</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>WORLD</b388>
</salesrights>
<relatedproduct>
<h208>03</h208>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0131433873</b244>
</productidentifier>
</relatedproduct>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>NP</j141>
<j396>10</j396>
<j142>20100315</j142>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>k</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>80.00</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135129737</a001>
<a002>02</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135129737</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135129739</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135129739</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135129739</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>BC</b012>
<b333>B102</b333>
<n338/>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>Clinical Competencies</b203>
<b029>Skills from Beginning Through Advanced</b029>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Fleming-McPhillips, Lorraine</b037>
<b039>Lorraine</b039>
<b040>Fleming-McPhillips</b040>
<b046>Quinebaug Valley Community College, retired</b046>
</contributor>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>352</b061>
<b064>MED003000</b064>
<b073>05</b073>
<othertext>
<d102>04</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px">CH 01&nbsp; Introduction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Introduction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; HIPAA and Patient Bill of Rights</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Professionalism</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Review of Documentation</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Review Telephone Techniques</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 01-1 Answering and Screening Telephone Calls</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 01-2 Calling Pharmacy for Prescriptions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 01-3 Handling Emergency Calls</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">CH 02&nbsp; Infection Control</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Introduction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Standard Precautions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Transmission Based Precautions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Infection Control Procedures</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 02-1 Disposing of Infectious Waste</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 02-2 Performing Aseptic Hand Washing</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 02-3 Performing Waterless Based Hand Sanitizing</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 02-4 Applying, Removing Nonsterile Gloves</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 02-5 Sanitizing Instruments</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 02-6 Wrapping Instruments for Autoclaving</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 02-7 Sterilizing Instruments in Autoclave</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 02-8 Performing Chemical Sterilization</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 02-9 Performing Transmission Based Precautions: Isolation Technique CH 03&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Vital Signs and Mensuration</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Introduction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Temperature</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 03-1 Measuring Oral Temperature with a Glass Non-Mercury &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Thermometer</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 03-2 Measuring a Rectal Temperature using a Glass Non-Mercury &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Thermometer</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 03-3 Cleaning and Storing a Glass Non-Mercury Thermometer</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 03-4 Measuring Oral Temperature Using an Electronic or Digital &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Thermometer</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 03-5 Measuring Rectal Temperature Using Electronic or Digital &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Thermometer</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 03-6 Measuring Temperature Using Aural (Tympanic Membrane) &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Thermometer</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 03-7 Measuring Temperature Using a Disposable Thermometer</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 03-8 Measuring Axillary Temperature</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 03-9 Measuring Temperature Using a Temporal Artery Thermometer</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Pulse</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 03-10 Measuring Radial Pulse Rate</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 03-11 Measuring Apical Pulse</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 03-12 Measuring Apical-Radial Pulse (two person)</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Respiration</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; Procedure 03-13 Measuring Respiration</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Blood Pressure</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 03-14 Measuring Systolic Pressure Using Palpatory Method</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 03-15 Measuring Systolic/Diastolic Blood Pressure using a &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Sphygmomanometer</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Pain</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Oxygen Saturation Measurement</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 03-16 Measuring Oxygen Saturation Using a&nbsp;&nbsp; Pulse Oximeter</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Anthropometry</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 03-17 Measuring Adult Height and Weight</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 03-18 Calculating Adult Body Mass Index</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 3-19 Determining Fat fold Measurement in Adults</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">CH 04&nbsp; Assisting with Physical Examinations</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Introduction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Positioning and Methods of Examination</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Cleaning the Examination Room</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 04-1 Cleaning the Examination Room </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Interviewing Patient for Physical Examination</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 04-2 Interviewing New Patient to Obtain Medical History/Prepare for &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Physical Examination</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 04-3 Documenting Chief Complaint during Patient Interview</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Assisting with Complete Physical Examination</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 04-4 Positioning Patient in Supine Position</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 04-5 Positioning Patient in Fowler&rsquo;s Position&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; [2]&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 04-6 Positioning Patient in Dorsal Recumbent Position</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 04-7 Positioning Patient in Lithotomy Position&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 04-8 Positioning Patient in Prone Position</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 04-9 Positioning Patient in Sims&rsquo; Position&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 04-10 Positioning Patient in Knee-Chest Position</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 04-11Assisting with Complete Physical Examination</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Performing Scoliosis Examination</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 04-12 Performing Scoliosis Screening</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Caring for Vomiting Patient</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 04-13 Assisting Vomiting Patient</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Communicating Effectively with Elderly and Culturally Diverse Patients</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 04-14 Communicating Effectively with Patients from Other Cultures</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 04-15 Communicating with the Elderly</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">CH 05&nbsp; Assisting with Medical Specialties</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Introduction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Allergy </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Performing Scratch Testing</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 05-1 Performing Scratch Testing</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Patch Testing</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 05-2 Performing a Patch Test </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Performing Intradermal Allergy Testing</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Radioallergosorbent (RAST) Testing</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Desensitizing Allergy Injection Treatment</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Dermatology</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 5-3 Taking a Wound Culture</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Gastroenterology </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 05-4 Administering Disposable Enema</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Assisting with Sigmoidoscopy</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 5-5 Assisting with a Sigmoidoscopy</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 05-6 Assisting with a Colonoscopy</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Collecting Stool Specimens</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 5-7 Instructing Patient in Obtaining a Fecal Specimen</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Testing for Occult Blood</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 5-8 Testing for Occult Blood</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Neurology</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 5-9 Performing a Pupil Check of Patient&rsquo;s Eyes</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Assisting with Neurologic Examination</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 5-10 Assisting with Neurological Screening</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Assisting with Lumbar Puncture</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 5-11 Assisting with Lumbar Puncture&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; [1]&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Gynecology/Obstetrics</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Breast Examination</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 5-12 Instructing a Patient on Breast Self-Examination</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Pelvic Examination and Pap Test</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 5-13 Assisting with a Pelvic Examination and Pap Test</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Obtaining Specimens for Sexually Transmitted Diseases</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 5-14 Preparing Wet Mount, Wet Prep, KOH Prep Slides</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Amplified DNA Probe Test for Chlamydia and Gonorrhea</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 5-15 Performing Amplified DNA Probe Tec Test for Chlamydia, </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Gonorrhea</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Assisting with Prenatal Examination</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 05-16 Assisting with Routine Prenatal Visit</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Assisting with Postpartum Visit</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 05-17 Assisting with Postpartum Visit</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Assisting with Colposcopy and Cervical Biopsy</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 05-18 Assisting with Colposcopy and Cervical Biopsy</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Urinary Catheterization on a Female</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 05-19 Performing a Urinary Catheterization on a Female</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Male Reproductive</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Instructing Male Patient on Testicular Self Examination</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 05-20 Instructing a Patient on Testicular Self-Examination</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Male Urinary Catheterization </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 05-21 Performing a Urinary Catheterization on a Male </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Ophthalmology</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Screening for Visual Acuity with Snellen Eye Chart</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 05-22 Screening Distance Visual Acuity with Snellen Eye Chart</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Screening for Near Vision Acuity</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 05-23 Screening for Near Vision Acuity</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Screening for Color Vision Acuity</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 05-24 Screening for Color Vision Acuity</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Irrigation of the Eye</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 05-25 Irrigation of the Eye</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Instilling Eye Medications</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 5-26 Instilling Eye Medications</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Assisting the Vision Impaired Patient Prepare for Physical Examination</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 5-27 Performing Eye Patch Dressing </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Otorhinolaryngology</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Assisting with Ear Examination</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Assisting with Audiometry</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 5-28Assisting with Audiometry</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Irrigating the Ear</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 5-29&nbsp;Irrigating the Ear</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Instilling Ear Medication</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 5-30 Instilling Ear Medication</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Nose and Throat </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 5-31 Instilling Nasal Medication</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Assisting with Treatment for Epistaxis</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 05-32 Assisting with Treatment of Epistaxis</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Throat Culture</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 5-33 Obtaining a Throat Culture</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">CH 06&nbsp; Pediatrics</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Introduction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Apgar Scoring</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Patient Safety</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Wrapping the Infant</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 06-1 Wrapping an Infant or Small Child</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Pediatric Vital Signs</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 06-2 Measuring Pediatric Vital Signs</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Height and Weight</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 06-3 Measuring the Weight and Length of Infants</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Head and Chest Circumference</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 06-4 Measuring Infant Head Circumference </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 06-5 Measuring Circumference of a Child&rsquo;s Chest</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Growth and Development</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 06-6 Calculating Growth Percentiles</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Immunizations</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure06-7 Documenting and Maintaining a Patient Immunization Record</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sick Child Visits</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 6-8 Applying a Pediatric Urine Collection Device</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">CH 07&nbsp;Therapeutic Modalities and Rehabilitation</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Introduction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Range of Motion</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 7-1 Performing Range of Motion (ROM) Exercises</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Heat Therapies</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 7-2&nbsp; Applying a Hot Compress</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Applying Hot Soaks</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 7-3&nbsp; Performing Hot Soaks Procedure</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Applying Heating Pad or Aquathermic Pad</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 7-4 Applying a Heating Pad</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Cold Therapies</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 7-5 Applying a Cold Compress</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 7-6 Applying an Ice Bag</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 7-7 Applying a Cold Chemical Pack</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Ultrasound Therapy</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 07-8 Administering an Ultrasound Treatment</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Adaptive Equipment and Devices</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Canes</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 7-9 Instructing a Patient to Use a Cane or Single Crutch Correctly</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Crutches</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 07-10 Measuring a Patient for Axillary Crutches</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 7-11 Instructing a Patient to Use Crutches Correctly</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 7-12 Instructing a Patient on Correct Use of Walker</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Body Mechanics and Patient Transfer</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Transferring Patient</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 7-13 Performing Wheelchair Transfer to Chair or Examination Table [2]&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 7-14 Transferring Patient from Examination Table or Bed to &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Wheelchair</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 7-15 Ambulating a Patient with One Assistant</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 07-16 Assisting the Falling Patient</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Cast Care</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 07-17 Assisting with Cast Application</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 07-18 Assisting with Cast Removal</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Applying Immobilizing Devices</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 7-19 Applying an Arm Sling </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 07-20 Applying a Spiral Bandage</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure07-21 Applying a Figure-Eight Bandage</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 07-22 Applying Cervical Collar</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 08&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Assisting with Minor Surgery&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Introduction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Surgical Asepsis, Surgical Instruments and Supplies</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 8-1 Surgical Hand Hygiene/Sterile Scrub</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sterile Gloves</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 8-2&nbsp; Donning and Removing Sterile Gloves</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sterile Packets</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 8-3&nbsp; Opening a Sterile Packet</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 8-4 Dropping Sterile Packet onto a Sterile Field</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 8-5 Transferring Sterile Objects using Transfer Forceps</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 8-6 Pouring from a Sterile Container onto a Sterile Field</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Assisting with Minor Surgery</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 8-7 Assisting with Minor Surgery</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 8-8 Preparing a Patient&rsquo;s Skin for Surgery </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Cleansing Minor Wounds</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 8-9 Cleaning a Minor Wound</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Assisting with Sutures</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 8-10 Assisting with Suturing </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Dressing Change and Removing Sutures and Staples</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 8-11 Changing a Sterile Dressing </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 8-12 Removing Sutures and Staples</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 8-13 Apply and Remove Sterile Adhesive Skin Closures</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Wound Irrigation and Packing</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 08-14 Irrigating a Wound</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 08-15 Packing a Wound</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Other Procedures</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 08-16 Assisting with Excision of a Sebaceous Cyst</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 8-17 Assisting with Aspiration of Joint Fluid </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 8-18 Assisting with Hemorrhoid Thrombectomy </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 8-19 Instructing a Patient and Utilizing Laser Safety Precautions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Biopsy Procedures</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Cryosurgery</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 09&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Assisting with Medical Emergencies</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Introduction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Emergency Action Planning</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Emergency Equipment and Supplies</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Primary Assessment</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Secondary Assessment</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Recovery Position, </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 09-1 Placing a Victim in a Recovery Position</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Blocked Airway, Rescue Breathing, Maintaining Circulation</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 09-2 Administering Abdominal thrusts (Heimlich maneuver) for a &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Conscious Adult</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 09-3 Performing Abdominal Thrusts for a Conscious Child&nbsp;&nbsp; </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 09-4 Performing Back Blows and Chest Thrusts on a Conscious &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Choking Infant</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 09-5 Performing Back Blows and Chest Thrusts on an Unconscious &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Infant</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure09-6 Administering Abdominal Thrusts (Heimlich maneuver) to an &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Unresponsive Adult or Child</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 09-7 Performing Rescue Breathing on an Adult</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 09-8 Performing Rescue Breathing for a Child</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 09-9 Performing Rescue Breathing for an Infant</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 09-10 Performing CPR for an Adult</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure09-11 Performing CPR for Children</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 09-12 Performing CPR for an Infant</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure09-13 Using the Automated External Defibrillator (AED)</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 09-14 Maintaining the Emergency Cart</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Syncope</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 09-15 Caring for a Fainting Patient </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Assisting a Patient during an Asthma Attack</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 09-16 Assisting a Patient during an Asthma Attack</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Anaphylaxis</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure09-17 Assisting with Anaphylactic Emergency</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Severe Bleeding</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 09-18 Controlling Severe Bleeding</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Managing Burn Emergencies</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure09-19 Assisting with Burn Emergencies</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Seizures</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 09-20 Assisting a Patient during a Seizure</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Poisoning</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Heat and Cold Emergencies</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Bandages and Splints</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 09-21 Applying a Tubular Gauze Bandage</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 09-22 Applying an Arm Splint</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Emergency Preparedness</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Earthquakes</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Fire</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Floods</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Hurricanes</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Terrorism</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 10 Clinical Laboratory Testing</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Introduction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Types of Clinical Laboratories</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Clinical Laboratory Departments</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Quality Control</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Proficiency Testing</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Laboratory Safety</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Laboratory Requisitions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Chain of Custody</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Patient Preparation and Specimen Handling</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Patients&rsquo; Results</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Laboratory Testing Cycle and Time&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 10-1 Completing a Laboratory and Preparing Specimens for Transport &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; to Outside Laboratory</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 10-2 Monitoring and Following Up on Patient Test Results</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 10-3 Recording Quality Control Values on QC Record and Identifying &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Out of Control Values.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Laboratory Equipment</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 10-4 Using and Cleaning the Microscope </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Centrifuge</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Incubator</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Refrigerator and Freezer</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Chemistry Analyzer</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Automated Cell Counter</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Urine Analyzer</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 11 Urinalysis</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Introduction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Collecting the Specimen</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Random Urine Samples</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; First Voided Morning Specimen</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Timed Urine Specimen</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 11-1 Instructing a Patient How to Collect a 24-Hour Urine Specimen</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Two Hour Post Prandial Specimen</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Clean-Catch Midstream Specimen</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 11-2 Instructing a Male Patient How to Collect a Clean-Catch &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Midstream Urine Specimen</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 11-3 Instructing a Female Patient How to Collect a Clean-Catch &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Midstream Urine Specimen</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Urinary Drug Screening</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 11-4 Collecting a Urine specimen for Drug Screening</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Routine Urinalysis</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Physical Characteristics</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Appearance</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Color</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Odor</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Quantity (Volume)</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specific Gravity</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 11-5 Evaluating the Color, Clarity and Volume of Urine</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 11-6 Measuring Specific Gravity of Urine with a Refractometer</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Chemical Characteristics</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 11-7 Testing Urine with Chemical Reagent Strips</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Performing a Complete Urinalysis</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 11-8 Performing a Complete Urinalysis</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Confirmation of Chemical Reagent Stick Testing</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 11-9 Performing Clinitest Tablet Test for Glucose and other Reducing &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Substances in Urine</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 11-10 Testing for Ketones in Urine Using Acetest (Nitroprusside &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Reaction)</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 11-11 Testing for Protein in Urine Using Sulfosalicyclic Acid (SSA)</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 11-12 Testing Urine Using Ictotest (Diazo Tablet) for Bilirubin</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Urine Pregnancy Testing</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Performing a Urine Pregnancy Test Using an Enzyme Immunoassay Method</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 12 &nbsp;Microbiology</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Introduction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Naming Microorganisms</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specimen Collection</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Preparing a Direct Smear</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 12-1 Preparing a Direct Smear</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Staining Direct Smears&nbsp; </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 12-2 Performing a Gram Stain</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Culture and Sensitivity Testing</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 12-3 Streaking a Blood Agar Plate for Colony Isolation</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Rapid Strep Testing</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Urine Cultures</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 12-4 Performing a Urine Culture for Colony Count</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Collecting Specimens for Ova and Parasites</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 12-5 Obtaining Stool Specimen for Ova and Parasites</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Collecting Pinworm Specimens</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 12-6 Obtaining and Examining a Specimen for Pinworms</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Testing for Influenza</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 13 Phlebotomy </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Introduction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Basic Procedural Steps</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Basic Blood Drawing Equipment</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Skin Puncture</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Skin Puncture Devices</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 13-1 Performing a Skin Puncture on an Adult or Child</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Heel Stick Procedures</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 13-2 Performing a Heel Stick on an Infant</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 13-3 Collecting a Heel Stick Blood specimen for PKU Screening</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 13-4 Obtaining a Skin Puncture Specimen in a Microtainer Unit&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Venipuncture Equipment</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Order of Draw</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Needles, Holders and Syringes</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Butterfly/Winged Infusion Sets</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Tourniquets</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Patient Identification and Laboratory Test orders</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 13-5 Identifying the Patient Correctly Prior to a Phlebotomy</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Venipuncture Sites</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 13-6 Performing a Venipuncture Using the Evacuated Tube Collection &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Method</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 13-7 Performing a Venipuncture Using the Syringe Method</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 13-8 Performing a Butterfly/Winged Infusion Blood Draw from a &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Patient&rsquo;s Hand</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Phlebotomy Problems</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Syncope</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Hematomas</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Failure to Obtain Blood</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Specimen Problems</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Special Collection Procedures</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Special collection Procedures</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Arterial Blood Procedures</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Capillary Blood Gases</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Blood Cultures</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 13-9 Collecting a Specimen for Blood Cultures</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Bleeding Times</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 13-10 Performing a Bleeding time Test with a Surgicutt Device</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 14 Hematology</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Introduction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Blood Components</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Microhematocrit</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 14-1 Performing a Manual Microhematocrit</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 14-2 Performing a Microhematocrit Using HemataSTAT II Instrument</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Hemoglobin</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 14-3 Performing a Hemoglobin Test using a HemoCue Method </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; White and Red Blood Cell Counts</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; White Blood Cell Count</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Unopettes</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 14-4 Preparing a dilution of Whole Blood using a WBC Unopette &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; System</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 14-5 Performing a CBC using QBC Star Centrifugal Hematology &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Peripheral Blood Smears</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 14-6 Preparing a Peripheral Blood Smear </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 14-7 Staining a Peripheral Blood Smear with Wright&rsquo;s or &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Wright/Giemsa Stain</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 14-8 Performing a Differential Blood Smear Examination (Advanced)</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Red Blood Cell Indices </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Erythrocyte Sedimentation Rate</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 14-9 Performing an Erythrocyte Sedimentation Rate by the Wintrobe &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Method</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 14-10 Performing Erythrocyte Sedimentation Rate Using Westergren &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Method </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Coagulation Studies&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Coagulation Testing</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 15 Serology/Immunology</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Introduction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Serology Tests</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Quality control</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;CLIA Waived Serology Tests</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Mononucleosis Test Procedure</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 15-01 Performing a Test for Infectious Mononucleosis using the &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; BioStar&reg; Acceava Mono II Test</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Strep Tests</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 15-02 Performing BioStar&reg; Acceava Strep A Test</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Testing for <I>Helicobacter pylori</I></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 15-03 Performing a QuickVue <I>Helicobacter pylori</I> g II Test</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Other Serology Tests</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Blood Antigens</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(Advanced) Procedure 15- 04 Performing Agglutination Slide Testing for ABO</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Advanced) Procedure 15-05 Performing Agglutination Slide Testing for Rh Type</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 16 Chemistry</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Introduction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Blood Glucose</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Blood Glucose Testing</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Glucose Tolerance Tests</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Glycosylated Hemoglobin (Hgb A 1C)</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;CLIA Waived Glucose Tests</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 16-1 Calibrating a Blood Glucose Meter (One Touch)</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 16-2 Performing a Blood Glucose Test Using One Touch Device</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 16-3 Performing quality Control for blood glucose Testing Using Sure &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Step Flexx Glucose Monitor</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 16-4 Monitoring Blood glucose with a Sure Step Flexx Monitor</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 16-5 Performing Glycosylated Hemoglobin Test Using a Bayer DCA&reg; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 2000 +Analyzer</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Lipid Testing</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Cholesterol</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 16-6 Performing Cholesterol Test Using a ProAct Testing Device</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 16- Measuring Lipids and Glucose Testing Cholestech LDX Analyzer </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 17 Diagnostic Imaging</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Introduction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Patient Positions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 17-1 Performing a General X-ray Examination</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Contrast Studies</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sequencing Multiple Radiographic/Diagnostic Imaging Procedures</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 17-2 Sequencing Multiple Radiographic Procedures</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Maintaining Radiographic Records</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 17-3 Maintaining and Loaning Radiographic Records</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Other Diagnostic Imaging procedures</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 18 Pharmacology</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Introduction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Drug Safety</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Drug References</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Drug Classifications</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prescriptions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Medication Measurement and Conversion</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Calculating Dosages</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Legal Implications</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Monitoring Medications</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Pharmacodynamics</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Routes of Administration of Drugs</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Adverse Reactions to Drugs</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Safely Administering Medications</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 18-1Preparing for Medication Administration</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 18-2 Following Administration of Medication Protocol</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Oral Medications</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 18-3 Preparing Oral Medications </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 18-4 Preparing a Prescription for the Physician&rsquo;s Signature</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 18-5 Administering Oral Medication to Adults</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 18-6 Administering Oral Medication to a Child</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Other Routes of Administration</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Topical Medications</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 18-7 Applying Topical Medication </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 18-8 Applying a Transdermal Medication</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Suppositories</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 18-9 Administering Rectal Suppositories</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Procedure 18-10 Administering a Vaginal Suppository</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Parenteral Medications</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Parenteral Medication Equipment</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 18-11 Reconstituting Powdered Medication</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 18-12 Withdrawing Medication from a Vial</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 18-13 Withdrawing Medication from an Ampule</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 18-14 Preparing for Injection by Combining Medications in One &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Syringe Using Two Different Vials</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 18-15 Preparing Medications in Two Syringes and Combining&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Medications into One &nbsp;&nbsp; Syringe</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 18-16 Setting Up a Prefilled Disposable Medication Cartridge Syringe</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Administering Parenteral Medications</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Administering Intradermal injections</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 18-17 Administering an Intradermal Injection</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Administering Subcutaneous</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 18-18 Administering Subcutaneous Injections</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Administering Intramuscular Injections</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 18-19 Administering Intramuscular Injections</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Administering Z-Tract Injections</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 18-20 Administering Z-Tract Injections</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 19 Intravenous Therapy</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Introduction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Legal Regulations</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Fluid and Electrolyte Balance</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Other Uses of IV Therapy</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Intravenous Delivery Methods</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Central Vascular Access Devices</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Peripheral Vascular Access Devices</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Intravenous Containers and Administration Sets</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Venous Access Devices</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Puncturing the Vein</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Securing the Venous Access Device</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Preparing the IV Infusion</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 19-1 Preparing an IV Infusion</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 19-2 Preparing the Venipuncture Site for IV</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 19-3 Starting an IV with Winged Needle</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 19-4 Inserting an Over-the-Needle catheter</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Adjusting the Flow Rate of an Infusion</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 19-5 Adding Extension Tubing to an IV Set</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 19-6 Monitoring an Intravenous Infusion</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 19-7 Changing&nbsp; the IV Solution</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Converting IV to Saline Lock</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 19-8 Converting an IV to an Intermittent Lock</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 19-9 Administering Medication to an IV Line by Injection &ldquo;Push&rdquo;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 19-10 Administering Medication Using a Secondary (&ldquo;Piggyback&rdquo;)Bag</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;procedure 19-11 Administering Medication Using a Peripheral Saline Lock</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 19-12 Discontinuing an IV</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter20 Nutrition</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Introduction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Essential Body Nutrients</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Carbohydrates</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Proteins</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Fats</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Vitamins</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Minerals</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Fiber</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Water</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Calories</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Food Pyramid Guidelines</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Reading a Food Label</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Dietary Guidelines</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Dietary Modifications</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Patient Education</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Effective Teaching Plan</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 20-1 teaching a Patient to Read a food Label</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 20-2 Developing a Teaching Plan to Encourage an Increase in Daily F&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Fiber</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Wellness and Prevention</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 20-3 Teaching Wellness and Disease Prevention to a Patient</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 21 Cardiology and Pulmonolgy</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Cardiology</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Performing a 12 Lead Electrocardiogram</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 21-1 performing a 12 Lead Electrocardiogram</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Applying a Holter Monitor</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 21-2 Applying a Holter Monitor</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Exercise Tolerance Testing</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 21-3 Assisting with Treadmill Stress testing</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Pulmonology</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Spirometry Testing</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Performing Spirometry Testing</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 21-4 Performing spirometry Testing</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Peak Flow measurement</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 21-5 Teaching Peak Flow Measurement</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Pulmonary Inhalation Treatments</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Metered-Dose Inhalers</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 21-6 Instructing a Patient to Use a Metered-Dose Inhaler</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 21-7 Administering Nebulized Breathing Treatment</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Administering Oxygen by Nasal Cannula</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Procedure 21-8 Administering Oxygen by Nasal Cannula</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Collecting Sputum specimen</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Appendices</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; I&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Common Medical Abbreviations </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; II&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; JCAHO&rsquo;s Official &ldquo;Do Not Use&rdquo; List</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">III&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; ISMP&rsquo;s List of Error Prone Abbreviations Symbols and Dose Designations</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">IV&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Normal Blood Values/Disease Conditions Evaluated for Abnormal Values </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; V&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Celsius/Fahrenheit Temperature Conversions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; V&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Laboratory Reference Values in Conventional &amp; International Units</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; VI&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Medical Terminology Word Parts</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Glossary</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Index</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>02</b394>
<b003>20100315</b003>
<b087>2011</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>WORLD</b388>
</salesrights>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>NP</j141>
<j396>10</j396>
<j142>20100315</j142>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>b</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>50.67</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135129869</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135129869</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135129869</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135129869</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135129869</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>WW</b012>
<series>
<b018>Go! Series</b018>
</series>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>GO! with Microsoft Excel 2007, Volume 1</b203>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Gaskin, Shelley</b037>
<b039>Shelley</b039>
<b040>Gaskin</b040>
</contributor>
<contributor>
<b034>2</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Vargas, Alicia</b037>
<b039>Alicia</b039>
<b040>Vargas</b040>
<b046>Pasadena City College</b046>
</contributor>
<contributor>
<b034>3</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Preston, Sally</b037>
<b039>Sally</b039>
<b040>Preston</b040>
</contributor>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>608</b061>
<b064>COM054000</b064>
<b073>05</b073>
<othertext>
<d102>13</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px" soNormal>Shelley Gaskin, Series Editor for the GO! Series, is a professor of business and computer technology at Pasadena City College in Pasadena, California. She holds a master&#39;s degree in business education from Northern Illinois&nbsp;&nbsp; University and a doctorate in adult and community education from Ball State University. Dr. Gaskin has 15 years of experience in the computer industry with several Fortune 500 companies and has developed and written training materials for custom systems applications in both the public and private sector. She is also the author of books on Microsoft Outlook and word processing. </P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>01</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B></B> The primary goal of the GO! Series, aside from teaching computer applications, is ease of implementation, with an approach that is based on clearly-defined projects for students and a one of a kind supplements package. <I>GO!</I>&rsquo;s project-based approach clusters the learning objectives around the projects rather than around software features. Teaches students to solve real problems as they practice and learn the features. This edition contains a CD-ROM. <B></B> <I>GO! with Microsoft Excel 2007, Volume 1, 1/e</I><B> &nbsp;</B>covers the following topics: creating a worksheet and charting data; managing workbooks, using functions and tables; using templates, range names, and lookup functions; importing and summarizing data with database tools, pivot tables and conditional summary formulas. <B> </B>Ideal for students and individuals seeking a project-based introduction to Microsoft Excel 2007.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>&nbsp;</B></P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>04</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<B>Chapter 1&ndash;Creating a Worksheet and Charting Data</B>   <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Project 1A&ndash;Create a Worksheet and Chart Data</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 1: Create, Save, and Navigate an Excel Workbook</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.1 Starting Excel and Naming and Saving a Workbook</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.2 Navigating a Worksheet and a Workbook</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.3 Selecting Parts of a Worksheet</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 2: Enter and Edit Date in a Worksheet</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.4 Entering Text, Using AutoComplete, Filling a Series with AutoFill, and Using Spelling Checker and Undo to Correct Typing Errors</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.5 Aligning Text and Adjusting the Size of Columns and Rows</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.6 Entering Numbers</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.7 Inserting and Deleting Rows and Columns and Using the Insert Options Button</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 3: Construct and Copy Formulas, Use the Sum Function, and Edit Cells</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.8 Constructing a Formula, Using the Sum Function and Editing Numbers in Cells</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.9 Copying a Formula by Using the Fill Handle</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 4: Format Data, Cells, and Worksheets</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.10 Formatting Financial Numbers, Using Column AutoFit, and Using Format Painter</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.11 Formatting Text and Using Merge and Center</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 5: Close and Reopen a Workbook</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.12 Closing and Reopening an Existing Workbook</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 6: Chart Data</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.13 Charting Data</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 7: Use Page Layout View, Prepare a Worksheet for Printing and Close Excel</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.14 Changing Views, Creating a Footer and Using Print Preview</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.15 Deleting Unused Sheets in a Workbook</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.16 Printing a Worksheet</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.17 Displaying, Printing, and Hiding Formulas</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Project 1B&ndash;Perform Calculations and Make Comparisons by Using a Pie Chart</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 8: Design a Worksheet</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.18 Setting Column Widths and Creating Row and Column Titles</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.19 Entering Data by Range</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 9: Construct Formulas for Mathematical Operations</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.20 Using Arithmetic Operators</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.21 Copying Formulas Containing Absolute Cell References</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 10: Format Percentages and Move Formulas</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.22 Formatting Cells with the Percent Style Button</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.23 Inserting Rows in a Worksheet Containing Formulas and Wrapping Text in a Cell</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 11: Create a Pie Chart and Chart Sheet</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.24 Creating a Pie Chart and a Chart Sheet</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 12: Use the Excel Help System</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.25 Using the Excel Help System</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 2&ndash;Managing Workbooks and Analyzing Data </B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Project 2A Create a Summary Sheet from Multiple Worksheets</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 1: Create and Save a Workbook from an Existing Workbook</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.1 Creating and Saving a Workbook from an Existing Workbook</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 2: Navigate a Workbook and Rename Worksheets</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.2 Navigating Among Worksheets, Renaming Worksheets, and Changing the Tab Color of a Worksheet</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 3: Enter Dates, Clear Contents, and Clear Formats</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.3 Entering and Formatting Dates</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.4 Clearing Cell Contents and Formats</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 4: Move, Copy, and Paste Cell Contents</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.5 Copying, Pasting, and Moving Cell Contents</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 5: Edit and Format Multiple Worksheets at the Same Time</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.6 Wrapping Text in a Cell in Several Worksheets at the Same Time</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.7 Entering Data and Constructing Formulas on Multiple Worksheets</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 6: Create a Summary Sheet</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.8 Constructing Formulas that Refer to Cells in Another Worksheet</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 7: Format and Print Multiple Worksheets in a Workbook</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.9 Moving and Formatting Worksheets in a Workbook</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.10 Printing All the Worksheets in a Workbook</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Project 2 B Growth Projection</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 8: Design a Worksheet for What-If Analysis</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.11 Using Parentheses in a Formula</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.12 Formatting as You Type</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.13 Calculating a Value After an Increase</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 9: Perform What-If Analysis</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.14 Performing What-If Analysis and Using Paste Special</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 10: Compare Data with a Line Chart</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.15 Creating a Line Chart</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 3&ndash;Using Functions and Tables </B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Project 3A&ndash;Track Inventory by Using Math, Logical, and Statistical Functions and by Creating an Excel Table</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 1: Use SUM, AVERAGE, MEDIAN, MIN, and MAX Functions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.1 Using the SUM, AVERAGE, and MEDIAN Functions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.2 Using the MIN and MAX Functions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.3 Moving Data, Adding Borders, and Rotating Text</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 2: Use COUNTIF and IF Functions, and Apply Conditional Formatting</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.4 Using the COUNTIF Functions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.5 Using the IF Function and Applying Conditional Formatting</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.6 Applying Conditional Formatting Using Custom Formats and Data Bars</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.7 Using Find and Replace</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 3: Use a Date Function</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.8 Using the NOW Function</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 4: Freeze Panes and Create an Excel Table</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.9 Freezing and Unfreezing Panes</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.10 Sorting and Filtering in an Excel Table</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.11 Inserting a Second Table in a Worksheet</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.12 Converting a Table to a Range of Data</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 5: Format and Print a Large Worksheet</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.13 Printing Large Worksheets</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Project 3B&ndash;Make Financial Decisions by Using Financial Functions and What-If Analysis</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 6: Use Financial Functions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.14 Designing a Loan Worksheet</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.15 Inserting the PMT Financial Function</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 7: Use Goal Seek</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.16 Using Goal Seek to Produce the Desired Result</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.17 Using Goal Seek to Find an Increase Period</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 8: Create a Data Table</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.18 Designing a Two-Variable Data Table</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.19 Using a Data Table to Calculate Options</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P><B>Chapter 4 Using Templates, Range Names, and Lookup Functions </B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Project 4A: Using Excel Templates</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 1: Open an Excel Template</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 4.1 Opening an Excel Template</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 2: Customize a Template</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 4.2 Adding a Company Logo to a Template Using Word Art</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 4.3 Adding ClipArt to the Company Logo</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 4.4 Grouping Graphic Objects</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 4.5 Adding a Formula to a Template</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 3: Save a Workbook as a Template</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 4.6 Saving a Workbook as a Template</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 4: Enter Data in a Customized Template</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 4.7 Opening and Using a Template</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Project 4B: Create a Protected Order Form Template Using Range Names and Lookup Functions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 5: Create Range Names (3.1.3)</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 4.8 Naming a Range</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 4.9 Modifying a Named Range </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 4.10 Using Row and Column Titles to Name a Range</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 4.11 Deleting a Range Name</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 6: Ensure Data Integrity (1.2)</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 4.12 Creating a Validation List (1.2.1)</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 7: Use Lookup Functions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 4.13 Retrieving Data Using a Named Range in a VLOOKUP Formula</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 4.14 Removing Error Codes Using IFERROR Function in a Nested IF Statement</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 4.15 Creating an HLOOKUP Table</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 4.16 Retrieving Data Using an HLOOKUP Formula</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 8: Protect the Worksheet and Save it as a Template</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 4.17 Hiding Rows Containing Lookup Tables</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 4.18 Unlocking Cells for Data Entry and Protecting a Worksheet</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 4.19 Hiding Formulas in the Worksheet</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 4.20 Setting a Print Area</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 4.21 Saving the Order Form as a Template</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 5 Importing Data and Using Excel as a Database</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Project A: Real Estate Company &mdash; Import list of customers, and massage list to send Holiday letters, notices of new houses on the market etc.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 1: Import Data into Excel</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 5.1 Importing Data from a Word Table</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 5.2 Importing Data from a TXT File</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 5.3 Importing Data from Access </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 5.4 Importing Data from a Comma Delimited File</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 2: Clean-up Data from External Sources</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 5.5 Converting Text to Columns</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 5.6 Using TRIM Function to Remove Spaces</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 5.7 Consolidating Data</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 5.8 Highlight Duplicate Values with Conditional Formatting</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 5.9 Removing Duplicate Records</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Project B Table of Real Estate Sales Listings</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 3: Analyze Data with Excel Database Tools</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 5.10 Creating a Table and Printing the Results</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 5.11 Adding Data and Using Custom AutoFilters</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 5.12 Creating Criteria Using Advanced Filter Criteria</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 5.13 Extracting Data to a New Area on the Worksheet</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 5.14 Using Dates in a Calculated Field</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 5.15 Subtotaling, Grouping, and Outlining Data</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 4: Use Database Functions (3.3)</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 5.16 Using the DAVERAGE Database Function</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 5.17 Using the DSUM Database Function</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 5.18 Using DCOOUNTA Function</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 5.19 Using DGET Function</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 5.20 Controlling Print Options</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P><B>Chapter 6&ndash;Summarizing Data and Making Business Decision</B>   <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Project A: Grocery Sales data by region/store/department</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 1: Create and Modify PivotTable Reports </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 6.1 Organizing Data to Display in a PivotTable</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 6.2 Creating a PivotTable</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 6.3 Changing the Value Summary</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 6.4 Creating a PivotTable with Subheadings</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 6.5 Formatting a PivotTable Report</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 2: Create PivotChart Reports</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 6.6 Creating a PivotChart Report</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 6.7 Modifying and Moving PivotChart</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 6.8 Printing PivotTables and PivotCharts</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Project B </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 3: Compare Dates and Round Numbers</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 6.9 Determining the Number of Years Between Two Dates</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 6.10 Creating Whole Numbers with ROUND Functions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 5: Apply Business Decisions with Logical Operators</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 6.11 Applying a Logical Test to a Cell Value and Using the AND Function</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 6.12 Applying the NOT Function</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 6.13 Applying the OR Function</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 6.14 Writing a Nested IF Statement to Determine the Results</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 6: Insert Comments and Document a Workbook</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 6.15 Inserting Comments</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 6.16 Changing the Workbook Properties</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 6.17 Printing Comments</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<mediafile>
<f114>04</f114>
<f115>03</f115>
<f116>06</f116>
<f117>0135129869.jpg</f117>
</mediafile>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20070726</b003>
<b087>2008</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>WORLD</b388>
</salesrights>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>10.7</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>8.78</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>0.995</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>1245</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>14</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>k</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>75.67</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135129966</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135129966</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135129968</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135129968</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135129968</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>WW</b012>
<series>
<b018>Go! Series</b018>
</series>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>GO! with Microsoft Word 2007, Brief</b203>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Gaskin, Shelley</b037>
<b039>Shelley</b039>
<b040>Gaskin</b040>
</contributor>
<contributor>
<b034>2</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Ferrett, Robert L.</b037>
<b039>Robert L.</b039>
<b040>Ferrett</b040>
<b046>Eastern Michigan University</b046>
</contributor>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>384</b061>
<b064>COM058000</b064>
<b073>05</b073>
<othertext>
<d102>13</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px" soNormal>Shelley Gaskin, Series Editor for the GO! Series, is a professor of business and computer technology at Pasadena City College in Pasadena, California. She holds a master&#39;s degree in business education from Northern Illinois&nbsp;&nbsp; University and a doctorate in adult and community education from Ball State University. Dr. Gaskin has 15 years of experience in the computer industry with several Fortune 500 companies and has developed and written training materials for custom systems applications in both the public and private sector. She is also the author of books on Microsoft Outlook and word processing. </P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>01</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px" soNormal><B></B> The primary goal of the <I>GO!</I> Series, aside from teaching computer applications, is ease of implementation, with an approach that is based on clearly-defined projects for students and a one of a kind supplements package. <I>GO!</I>&rsquo;s project-based approach clusters the learning objectives around the projects rather than around software features. Teaches students to solve real problems as they practice and learn the features. <I>GO! with Microsoft Word 2007, Brief, 1/e</I> contains a CD-ROM. <B> </B>This edition covers the following topics<I>: </I>formatting and organizing text; using graphics and tables; applying special document formats, columns and mail merges; working with templates, styles, and charts; creating form letters and working in groups. <B></B> Ideal for students and individuals seeking an introduction to Microsoft Word 2007.</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>04</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>The </B><B><I>GO! </I></B><B>System Visual</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Walk-Through...................xvi</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Word 2007</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter </B><B>1 Creating Documents </B><B>with Microsoft </B><B>Word 2007</B><B>...................1</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>PROJECT </B><B>1A </B><B>Application Letter </B><B>3 </B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Objective 1 </B><B>Create and Save a </B><B>New Document 3</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 1.1 Starting Word and Identifying Parts</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;of the Word Window 4</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 1.2 Beginning a New Document and</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displaying Formatting Marks 5</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 1.3 Entering Text and Inserting</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Blank Lines 6</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 1.4 Creating Folders for Document</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Storage and Saving a Document 9</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Objective 2 </B><B>Edit Text 15</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 1.5 Editing Text with the Delete and</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Backspace Keys 15</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 1.6 Inserting New Text 17</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Objective 3 </B><B>Select, Delete, and Format Text 18</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 1.7 Selecting and Deleting Text 18</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 1.8 Changing Font and Font Size 21</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 1.9 Adding Emphasis to Text 23</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Objective 4 </B><B>Print a Document 25</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 1.10 Accessing Headers</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;and Footers 25</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 1.11 Printing a Document 27</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>PROJECT </B><B>1B </B><B>Company Overview </B><B>29</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Objective 5 </B><B>Navigate the Word Window 30</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 1.12 Opening and Closing an Existing</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Document 30</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 1.13 Inserting Existing Text into a New</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Document 30</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 1.14 Navigating a Document 33</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 1.15 Changing Document Views 35</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 1.16 Using the Zoom Slider 36</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 1.17 Splitting Windows and</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Arranging Panes 38</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Objective 6 </B><B>Add a Graphic to a Document 40</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 1.18 Inserting Clip Art 40</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Objective 7 </B><B>Use the Spelling and Grammar </B><B>Checker 43</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 1.19 Checking Individual Spelling</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;and Grammar Errors 43</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 1.20 Checking Spelling and Grammar</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;in an Entire Document 45</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Objective 8 </B><B>Preview and Print </B><B>Documents, Close a </B><B>Document, and Close Word 48</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 1.21 Previewing and Printing a Document 48</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 1.22 Closing a Document and</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Closing Word 51</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Objective 9 </B><B>Use the Microsoft Help System 51</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 1.23 Getting Help 51</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">There&rsquo;s More You Can Do! 54</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Summary 55</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Key Terms 55</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Matching 56</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Fill in the Blank 57</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Skills Review 58</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Mastering Word 64</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Business Running Case 74</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Rubric 75</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Problem Solving 76</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">You and GO! 82</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">GO!with Help 82</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Group Business Running Case 83</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter </B><B>2 Formatting </B><B>and Organizing </B><B>Text</B><B>...............................85</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>PROJECT </B><B>2A </B><B>Seminar </B><B>87</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Objective 1 </B><B>Change Document and </B><B>Paragraph Layout 88</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 2.1 Setting Margins 88</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 2.2 Aligning Text 90</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 2.3 Changing Line Spacing 92</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 2.4 Adding Space After Paragraphs 94</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 2.5 Using the Format Painter 96</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Objective 2 </B><B>Change and Reorganize Text 98</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 2.6 Finding and Replacing Text 99</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 2.7 Cutting, Copying, and Pasting Text 101</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 2.8 Moving Text to a New Location 103</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 2.9 Undoing and Redoing Changes 105</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 2.10 Inserting a Nonbreaking</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Spaces and Hyphens 106</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 2.11 Entering a Line Break 108</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Objective 3 </B><B>Create and Modify Lists 109</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 2.12 Creating a Bulleted List 109</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 2.13 Using AutoFormat To Create a</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Numbered List 110</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 2.14 Formatting Lists 113</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 2.15 Customizing Bullets 115</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>PROJECT </B><B>2B </B><B>Law Overview </B><B>118</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Objective 4 </B><B>Insert and Format Headers and</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Footers 119</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 2.16 Inserting and Formatting</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Page Numbers 119</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 2.17 Inserting the Current Date and Time 122</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Objective 5 </B><B>Insert Frequently Used Text 123</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 2.18 Recording AutoCorrect Entries 123</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 2.19 Inserting Symbols 126</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Objective 6 </B><B>Insert and Format References 128</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 2.20 Inserting Footnotes 128</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 2.21 Modifying a Footnote Style 130</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 2.22 Adding Citations 133</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 2.23 Creating a Reference Page 137</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 2.24 Managing Document Properties 138</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">There&rsquo;s More You Can Do! 140</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Summary 141</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Key Terms 141</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Matching 142</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Fill in the Blank 143</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Skills Review 144</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Mastering Word 152</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Business Running Case 164</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Rubric 165</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Problem Solving 166</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">You and GO! 171</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">GO!with Help 171</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Group Business Running Case 172</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter </B><B>3 Using Graphics </B><B>and Tables </B><B>...............173</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>PROJECT </B><B>3A </B><B>Photography Flyer </B><B>175</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Objective 1 </B><B>Insert and Format Graphics 176</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 3.1 Formatting Text Using WordArt 176</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 3.2 Inserting Pictures from Files 178</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 3.3 Resizing a Graphic 179</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 3.4 Wrapping Text Around a Graphic 181</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 3.5 Moving a Graphic 183</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 3.6 Applying Picture Styles 184</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 3.7 Adding a Page Border 186</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Objective 2 </B><B>Set Tab Stops 187</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 3.8 Setting Tab Stops and Using</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Click and Type 187</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 3.9 Formatting and Removing Tab Stops 191</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 3.10 Using Tab Stops To Enter Text 193</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 3.11 Moving Tab Stops 195</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Objective 3 </B><B>Insert and Modify Text</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Boxes and Shapes 196</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 3.12 Inserting a Text Box 197</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 3.13 Moving, Resizing, and</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Formatting a Text Box 198</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 3.14 Inserting a Predefined Shape 200</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>PROJECT </B><B>3B </B><B>Price List </B><B>203</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Objective 4 </B><B>Create a Table 204</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 3.15 Creating and Entering Text into</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;a Table 204</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 3.16 Adding a Row to a Table 206</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 3.17 Changing the Width of</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;a Table Column 207</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 3.18 Adding a Column to a Table 208</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 3.19 Converting Text to Tables 210</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Objective 5 </B><B>Format a Table 212</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 3.20 Formatting Text in Cells</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;and Shading Cells 212</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 3.21 Changing the Table Border 215</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 3.22 Centering a Table 217</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 3.23 Merging Cells 218</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Activity 3.24 Applying a Predefined Format</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;to a Table 219</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">There&rsquo;s More You Can Do! 222</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Summary 223</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Key Terms 223</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Matching 224</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Fill in the Blank 225</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Skills Review 226</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Mastering Word 234</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Business Running Case 248</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Rubric 249</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Problem Solving 250</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">You and GO! 256</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">GO!with Help 256</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;<B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Chapter 4 Special Document Formats, Columns,and Mail Merge ....259</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">PROJECT 4A Garden Newsletter 261</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Objective 1 Collect and Paste Text and Graphics 262</P></B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Activity 4.1 Using Collect and Paste To</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Gather Images and Text 262</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Activity 4.2 Pasting Information from the</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Clipboard Task Pane 265</P><B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Objective 2 Create and Format Columns 266</P></B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Activity 4.3 Changing One Column Text to</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Two Columns 266</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Activity 4.4 Formatting Multiple Columns 267</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Activity 4.5 Inserting a Column Break 268</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Activity 4.6 Adding Graphics to Columns 270</P><B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Objective 3 Use Special Character and</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Paragraph Formatting 271</P></B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Activity 4.7 Using Small Caps and Changing</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Font Color 272</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Activity 4.8 Adding a Border and Shading to a</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Paragraph 273</P><B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Objective 4 Create Mailing Labels</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Using Mail Merge 275</P></B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Activity 4.9 Opening the Mail Merge</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Wizard Template 275</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Activity 4.10 Completing the Mail</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Merge Wizard 279</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Activity 4.11 Previewing and Printing the</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Mail Merge Document 283</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;</P><B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">PROJECT 4B Television Hosts 285</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Objective 5 Insert Hyperlinks 286</P></B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Activity 4.12 Inserting Text Hyperlinks 286</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Activity 4.13 Adding a Hyperlink to a Graphic 288</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Activity 4.14 Testing and Modifying Hyperlinks 289</P><B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Objective 6 Insert a SmartArt Graphic 290</P></B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Activity 4.15 Inserting a SmartArt Graphic 291</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Activity 4.16 Adding Text to a SmartArt Graphic 292</P><B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Objective 7 Preview and Save a</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Document as a Web Page 294</P></B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Activity 4.17 Previewing a Document as a</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Web Page 295</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Activity 4.18 Saving a Document as a Web Page 296</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">There&rsquo;s More You Can Do! 299</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Summary 300</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Key Terms 300</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Matching 301</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Fill in the Blank 302</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Skills Review 303</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Mastering Word 310</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Business Running Case 322</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Rubric 323</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Problem Solving 324</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">You and GO! 329</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">GO!with Help 329</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Group Business Running Case 330</P><B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Glossary........................................G-1</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Index................................................I-1</P></B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"></P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<mediafile>
<f114>04</f114>
<f115>03</f115>
<f116>06</f116>
<f117>0135129966.jpg</f117>
</mediafile>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20070508</b003>
<b087>2008</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>WORLD</b388>
</salesrights>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>10.96</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>8.64</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>0.53</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>789</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>18</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>k</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>47.33</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135130034</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135130034</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135130032</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135130032</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135130032</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>BE</b012>
<series>
<b018>Go! Series</b018>
</series>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>GO! with Microsoft Excel 2007, Brief</b203>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Gaskin, Shelley</b037>
<b039>Shelley</b039>
<b040>Gaskin</b040>
</contributor>
<contributor>
<b034>2</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Vargas, Alicia</b037>
<b039>Alicia</b039>
<b040>Vargas</b040>
<b046>Pasadena City College</b046>
</contributor>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>320</b061>
<b064>COM054000</b064>
<b073>05</b073>
<othertext>
<d102>13</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px" soNormal>Shelley Gaskin, Series Editor for the GO! Series, is a professor of business and computer technology at Pasadena City College in Pasadena, California. She holds a master&#39;s degree in business education from Northern Illinois&nbsp;&nbsp; University and a doctorate in adult and community education from Ball State University. Dr. Gaskin has 15 years of experience in the computer industry with several Fortune 500 companies and has developed and written training materials for custom systems applications in both the public and private sector. She is also the author of books on Microsoft Outlook and word processing. </P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>01</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px" soNormal><B></B> The primary goal of the <I>GO! </I>Series, aside from teaching computer applications, is ease of implementation, with an approach that is based on clearly-defined projects for students and a one of a kind supplements package. <I>GO!</I>&rsquo;s project-based approach clusters the learning objectives around the projects rather than around software features. Teaches students to solve real problems as they practice and learn the features. <B></B> <I>GO! with Microsoft Excel 2007, </I><I>Brief, 1/e &nbsp;</I>covers the following topics: creating a worksheet and charting data; managing workbooks and analyzing data; using functions and tables. <B> </B>Ideal for students and individuals seeking a project-based introduction to Microsoft Excel 2007.</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>04</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">GO! with Excel 2007 Brief 1e</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Chapter 1&ndash;Creating a Worksheet and Charting Data</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Project 1A&ndash;Create a Worksheet and Chart Data</P></B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 1: Create, Save, and Navigate an Excel Workbook</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.1 Starting Excel and Naming and Saving a Workbook</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.2 Navigating a Worksheet and a Workbook</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.3 Selecting Parts of a Worksheet</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 2: Enter and Edit Date in a Worksheet</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.4 Entering Text, Using AutoComplete, Filling a Series with AutoFill,</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;and Using Spelling Checker and Undo to Correct Typing Errors</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.5 Aligning Text and Adjusting the Size of Columns and Rows</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.6 Entering Numbers</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.7 Inserting and Deleting Rows and Columns and Using the Insert</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Options Button</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 3: Construct and Copy Formulas, Use the Sum Function, and Edit Cells</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.8 Constructing a Formula, Using the Sum Function and Editing</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Numbers in Cells</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.9 Copying a Formula by Using the Fill Handle</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 4: Format Data, Cells, and Worksheets</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.10 Formatting Financial Numbers, Using Column AutoFit, and Using</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Format Painter</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.11 Formatting Text and Using Merge and Center</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 5: Close and Reopen a Workbook</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.12 Closing and Reopening an Existing Workbook</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 6: Chart Data</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.13 Charting Data</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 7: Use Page Layout View, Prepare a Worksheet for Printing and Close Excel</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.14 Changing Views, Creating a Footer and Using Print Preview</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.15 Deleting Unused Sheets in a Workbook</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.16 Printing a Worksheet</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.17 Displaying, Printing, and Hiding Formulas</P><B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Project 1B&ndash;Perform Calculations and Make Comparisons by Using a Pie Chart</P></B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 8: Design a Worksheet</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.18 Setting Column Widths and Creating Row and Column Titles</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.19 Entering Data by Range</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 9: Construct Formulas for Mathematical Operations</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.20 Using Arithmetic Operators</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.21 Copying Formulas Containing Absolute Cell References</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 10: Format Percentages and Move Formulas</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.22 Formatting Cells with the Percent Style Button</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.23 Inserting Rows in a Worksheet Containing Formulas and Wrapping</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Text in a Cell</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 11: Create a Pie Chart and Chart Sheet</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.24 Creating a Pie Chart and a Chart Sheet</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 12: Use the Excel Help System</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.25 Using the Excel Help System</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;</P><B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Chapter 2&ndash;Managing Workbooks and Analyzing Data</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Project 2A Create a Summary Sheet from Multiple Worksheets</P></B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 1: Create and Save a Workbook from an Existing Workbook</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.1 Creating and Saving a Workbook from an Existing Workbook</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 2: Navigate a Workbook and Rename Worksheets</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.2 Navigating Among Worksheets, Renaming Worksheets, and</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Changing the Tab Color of a Worksheet</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 3: Enter Dates, Clear Contents, and Clear Formats</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.3 Entering and Formatting Dates</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.4 Clearing Cell Contents and Formats</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 4: Move, Copy, and Paste Cell Contents</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.5 Copying, Pasting, and Moving Cell Contents</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 5: Edit and Format Multiple Worksheets at the Same Time</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.6 Wrapping Text in a Cell in Several Worksheets at the Same Time</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.7 Entering Data and Constructing Formulas on Multiple Worksheets</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 6: Create a Summary Sheet</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.8 Constructing Formulas that Refer to Cells in Another Worksheet</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 7: Format and Print Multiple Worksheets in a Workbook</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.9 Moving and Formatting Worksheets in a Workbook</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.10 Printing All the Worksheets in a Workbook</P><B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Project 2 B Growth Projection</P></B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 8: Design a Worksheet for What-If Analysis</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.11 Using Parentheses in a Formula</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.12 Formatting as You Type</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.13 Calculating a Value After an Increase</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 9: Perform What-If Analysis</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.14 Performing What-If Analysis and Using Paste Special</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 10: Compare Data with a Line Chart</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.15 Creating a Line Chart</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;</P><B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Chapter 3&ndash;Using Functions and Tables</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Project 3A&ndash;Track Inventory by Using Math, Logical, and Statistical Functions and</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;by Creating an Excel Table</P></B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 1: Use SUM, AVERAGE, MEDIAN, MIN, and MAX Functions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.1 Using the SUM, AVERAGE, and MEDIAN Functions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.2 Using the MIN and MAX Functions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.3 Moving Data, Adding Borders, and Rotating Text</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 2: Use COUNTIF and IF Functions, and Apply Conditional Formatting</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.4 Using the COUNTIF Functions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.5 Using the IF Function and Applying Conditional Formatting</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.6 Applying Conditional Formatting Using Custom Formats and Data</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Bars</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.7 Using Find and Replace</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 3: Use a Date Function</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.8 Using the NOW Function</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 4: Freeze Panes and Create an Excel Table</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.9 Freezing and Unfreezing Panes</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.10 Sorting and Filtering in an Excel Table</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.11 Inserting a Second Table in a Worksheet</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.12 Converting a Table to a Range of Data</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 5: Format and Print a Large Worksheet</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.13 Printing Large Worksheets</P><B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Project 3B&ndash;Make Financial Decisions by Using Financial Functions and What-If</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Analysis</P></B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 6: Use Financial Functions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.14 Designing a Loan Worksheet</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.15 Inserting the PMT Financial Function</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 7: Use Goal Seek</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.16 Using Goal Seek to Produce the Desired Result</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.17 Using Goal Seek to Find an Increase Period</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 8: Create a Data Table</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.18 Designing a Two-Variable Data Table</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.19 Using a Data Table to Calculate Options</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<mediafile>
<f114>04</f114>
<f115>03</f115>
<f116>06</f116>
<f117>0135130034.jpg</f117>
</mediafile>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20070515</b003>
<b087>2008</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>WORLD</b388>
</salesrights>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>10.86</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>8.48</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>0.46</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>699</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>21</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>k</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>47.33</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135130131</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135130131</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135130131</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135130131</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135130131</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>BB</b012>
<n338/>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>Mechanical &amp; Electrical Systems in Buildings</b203>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Janis, Richard R.</b037>
<b039>Richard R.</b039>
<b040>Janis</b040>
<b046>William Tao &amp; Associates, Inc.</b046>
</contributor>
<contributor>
<b034>2</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Tao, William K. Y.</b037>
<b039>William K. Y.</b039>
<b040>Tao</b040>
<b046>Toa &amp; Lee Associates</b046>
</contributor>
<b057>4</b057>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>672</b061>
<b064>TEC009070</b064>
<b073>05</b073>
<othertext>
<d102>13</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<B>Richard R. Janis</B>, a practicing professional engineer for 30 years, is engaged in research, evaluation and design of building environmental systems and sustainable energy technology.&nbsp; He has managed most of WTA&#39;s master planning and high-tech projects, responsible for establishing design criteria, systems selection, utility requirements, design implementation, and commissioning.&nbsp; Innovative concepts in laboratory and data center projects have won national design awards.&nbsp; In addition to project accomplishments he is author of <U>Mechanical and Electrical Systems in Buildings </U>(Prentice Hall 2004, 2001, 1997) and numerous articles on topical issues in the field.&nbsp; He has taught for over thirty years at Washington University, St. Louis.&nbsp; As an adjunct Associate Professor, Mr. Janis currently teaches building technology and sustainable design courses including &ldquo;Building Systems,&rdquo;&nbsp; &ldquo;and &ldquo;Climate and Light&rdquo; at Washington University.&nbsp;]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>18</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px">This book is intended both as a textbook and as a reference book for students and professionals interested in building mechanical and electrical systems.&nbsp; With a complete and practical introduction to the design of mechanical and electrical systems in buildings, the text successfully bridges the gap between architecture, civil engineering technology, and construction management. </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">This edition has two new chapters:</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 1</B> covers topics that are relevant for all the mechanical and electrical systems covered in subsequent chapters.&nbsp; This chapter describes the: </P>  <UL>  <LI>  <DIV style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;basics of energy required to understand mechanical and electrical systems</DIV></LI>  <LI>  <DIV style="MARGIN: 0px">how mechanical and electrical systems affect the design of buildings</DIV></LI>  <LI>  <DIV style="MARGIN: 0px">sustainable design principles</DIV></LI>  <LI>  <DIV style="MARGIN: 0px">basic commissioning</DIV></LI>  <LI>  <DIV style="MARGIN: 0px">economics of building operations</DIV></LI>  <LI>  <DIV style="MARGIN: 0px">tools for evaluating options by economics and quality&nbsp;</DIV></LI></UL>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 19</B> is entitled &ldquo;Architectural Accommodation and Coordination of Mechanical and Electrical Systems.&rdquo;&nbsp; This chapter is written for readers who are involved in planning, design and construction to help them gain an early understanding of:&nbsp;</P>  <UL>  <LI>what spaces are required for mechanical and electrical systems</LI>  <LI>how to allocate area</LI>  <LI>where best to locate systems and equipment</LI>  <LI>what construction details are important to make systems work as intended&nbsp;</LI></UL>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The chapter covers topics that can be problematic if they are not addressed and resolved early in the design.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>04</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 1 &mdash; Introduction to Mechanical and Electrical Systems: Energy, Sustainability and Economics&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 2 &mdash; HVAC Fundamentals&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 3 &mdash; HVAC Delivery Systems&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 4 &mdash; Cooling Production Equipment and Systems&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 5 &mdash; Heating Production Equipment and Systems&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 6 &mdash; Air-Handling Equipment and Systems&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 7 &mdash; Piping Equipment and Systems&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 8 &mdash; Plumbing Equipment and Systems&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 9 &mdash; Fire Protection Equipment and Systems&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 10 &mdash; Introduction to Electricity&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 11 &mdash; Power Equipment and Systems&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 12 &mdash; Communications, Life Safety, and Security Systems&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 13 &mdash; Electrical Design and Wiring&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 14 &mdash; Light and Lighting&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 15 &mdash; Lighting Equipment and Systems&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 16 &mdash; Calculations of Illumination&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 17 &mdash; Lighting Design</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;Chapter 18 &mdash; Noise and Vibrations in Mechanical and Electrical Systems&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 19 &mdash; Architectural Accommodation and Coordination of Mechanical and Electrical Systems</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<mediafile>
<f114>04</f114>
<f115>03</f115>
<f116>06</f116>
<f117>0135130131.jpg</f117>
</mediafile>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20080312</b003>
<b087>2009</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>WORLD</b388>
</salesrights>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>11.12</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>8.46</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>1.18</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>1588</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<relatedproduct>
<h208>03</h208>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0130341533</b244>
</productidentifier>
</relatedproduct>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>10</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>k</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>122.40</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135130220</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135130220</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135130223</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135130223</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135130223</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>WW</b012>
<n338/>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>Mastering Medisoft</b203>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Flom, Bonnie J.</b037>
<b039>Bonnie J.</b039>
<b040>Flom</b040>
</contributor>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>408</b061>
<b064>MED003000</b064>
<b073>05</b073>
<othertext>
<d102>13</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[Bonnie J. Flom&#39;s passion for medical billing and Medisoft began in February 1984 while working in the accounts receivables department in St. Joseph&#39;s Medical Center.&nbsp; While there, she served on the Blue Shield EDI committee, United Way Committee, and Benedictine Mission Committee.&nbsp; in 1994, Bonnie decided to break out on her own and started Rapid Return Medical Billing.&nbsp; Medisoft was used in the billing agency, and in 1995, Bonnie became a Medisoft dealer.&nbsp; Her billing agency grew quickly and employed up tot seventeen people at one time. Then in 2000, Rapid Return Medical Billing served Blue Cross Blue Shield of Minnesota in testing their Optical Character Reader (OCR), which autnomatically converted paper claims to National Standard Format (NSF) files.&nbsp; In 2001, Bonnie began serving on the Medicare Advisory committee for the State of Minnesota (PCOM).&nbsp; In 2001, Rapid Return Medical Billing won the Medisoft contest for setting up the first 100 clinics to transmit electronically.&nbsp; In 2002, Bonnie joined the HBMA (Healthcare Billing and Management Association).&nbsp; In 2006, Bonnie began focusing solely on Medisoft by starting a separate company called Softouch Software and billing company known as Billing Buddies.&nbsp; Bonnie is also the creator and host of the Google group called Medisoft and Medical Billing.]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>18</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>Mastering Medisoft </I>was created specifically to help students learn the art of medical billing through the use of Medisoft.&nbsp; This text is designed to allow the reader to first master the "must know" tasks such as patient, charge, and payment entry, and then move on the to the less frequently used, but "good to know" features such as setting up a new practice.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Over the years, many medical offices have stated that they encounter the same issue when hiring; often having difficulty finding individuals who know how to work with Medisoft and "do billing." This text provides the foundation students need to feel confident that they can center the work environment able to perform the essential tasks of their job with little or no additional training.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>HIGHLIGHTS INCLUDE: </B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>* Billing Insights</B>-Insight boses that appear throughout the chapters and provide additional information on key topics relevant to billing.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>* Medisfot Quick Tips</B>-Tip boxes that give tips and shortcuts that pertain to the use of Medisoft software.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>*Test Your Knowledge</B>- In-chatper questions that require students to pause and apply the concepts presented.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>*Practice Exercises</B>-Exercises that appear within the body of the text, providing step-by-step instruction for the stduent.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>*Pictures</B>-Numerous Medisoft screen captures and relevant forms appear throughout the book to support the textual material presented and to reinforce key concepts.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>*Mock Clinic</B>-This simulation appears in Appendix A and is designed to allow students to apply what they have learned by completing the exercises found there.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>*Medisoft Stduent CD</B>-Included in the back of the text for practice.</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>04</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Flom/<I>Mastering Medisoft </I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Table of Contents</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <BLOCKQUOTE>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 1: Medisoft Daily Tasks, Patient Charts and Appointments</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Introduction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Overview of the Daily Medisoft Tasks and Office Procedures</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Scheduling Appointments and Developing Superbills</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 1-1: Scheduling Patients</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 1-2: Print a Schedule for Each Doctor</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Entering Patient Charges and Payments&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Processing Mail Denials and Payments</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Proofing Daily Work</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Submitting Insurance Claims</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Backing-up Medisoft</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 1-3: Backing up Medisoft</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Other Tasks Within a Medical Office</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Verify Eligibility of Insurance Coverage</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Review Proper Coding and Billing Procedures</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Review of Contract Payments</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Medisoft Patient Charges and Appointment Entry</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 1-4: Entering Appointments and Patient Charts</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Medisoft Short Cuts and Hot Keys</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Medisoft Support</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Help within Medisoft</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 1-5: Accessing Help Within Medisoft</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Linking the Patient Information to the CMS-1500 Form</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Scheduling Breaks</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 1-6: Entering Breaks</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Moving, Editing, and Deleting</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 1-7: Moving, Editing, and Deleting</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Printing Schedules and Superbills</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 1-8: Printing the Schedule</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 1-9: Printing the Superbills</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter Review</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Resources</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>&nbsp;</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 2: Patient Information</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Introduction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Overview of the Case Information</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Creating a Case</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 2.1: Creating a New Case </B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 2.2: Determining the Version of Medisoft on Your Computer</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 2.3: Creating a Case for Jane N. Jordan</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 2.4: Chapter Application: Creating a New Case for William Jon Johnson</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Copy Case Feature</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 2.5: Copying a Case</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Creating Custom Patient and Case Data</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 2-6: Creating Custom Patient Data</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Three Forms of Help in Medisoft</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Medisoft Manual</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Help within Medisoft</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Knowledge Base</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 2-7: Using the Knowledge Base</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Signatures and Assignments</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter Review</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Resources</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 3: Transaction Entry</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Introduction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Overview of Transaction Entry</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The Components of a Charge</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 3-1: Adding a Charge</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The Components of a Payment</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 3-2: Posting a Payment</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The Components of an Adjustment</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 3-3: Posting an Adjustment</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The Components of a Comment</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 3-4: Adding Notes and Comments</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Modifying the Grid Columns</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 3-5: Modifying Grid Columns</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Defining Coding Systems</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; CPT and HCPCS Codes</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Modifiers</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Diagnosis Linkage</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Place of Service (POS) Codes</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Multilink Codes</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 3-6: Using Medisoft Help to Research Key Terms</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 3-7: Entering Charges, Payments, Adjustments, and Comments</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 3-8: Checks and Balances: Patient Day Sheet</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter Review</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Resources</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 4: Claim Management</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Introduction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Overview of Claim Management</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Creating Claims</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 4-1: Creating Claims</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Printing and/or Transmitting Claims</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Paper Claims</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 4-2: Printing Claims</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Electronic Claims</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Primary, Secondary, and Tertiary Claims</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Determining Primary Coverage</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Managing Claims in Claim Management</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Defining Claim Status</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 4-3: The &ldquo;List Only&rdquo; Feature of Claims Management</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Automatic versus Manual Claim Status</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Managing Claims by the Claims Grid, Search and Sort, and List Only</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The Claims Grid</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 4-4: Finding Claims</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Search and Sort</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; List Only</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Viewing Claim Detail</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Rebilling Claims</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 4-5: Rebilling Claims, One At A Time]</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 4-6: Rebilling Claims by Selection</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 4-7: Rebilling Claims in a Group</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Aligning the Claim Form</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 4-8: A Final Review of Creating, Filtering, and Printing Claims</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter Review</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Resources</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 5: Posting Mail Payments and Balancing the Day</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Introduction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Overview of Posting Mail Payments</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Accessing Enter/Deposit Payments</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Opening and Preparing to Process the Mail</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Creating a New Deposit</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Creating Deposits for Patient Payments</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Applying Deposits for Patient Payments</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 5-2: Creating a Patient Payment Deposit</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Creating Deposits for Insurance Payments</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Applying Deposits for Insurance Payments</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 5-3: Creating an Insurance Deposit</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Creating Deposits for Capitation Payments</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Applying Payments/Adjustments to Charges</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 5-4: Creating a Capitation Deposit</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Applying Deposits for Patient Payments</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Applying Deposits for Insurance Payments</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Printing the Deposit Report</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Printing the Day Sheet and Balancing the Day</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 5-5: Entering New Deposits: Additional Practice</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 5-6: Applying Deposits: Additional Practice</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 5-7: Balancing the Day: Additional Practice</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter Review</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Resources</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 6: Statement Management</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Introduction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Overview of Statement Management</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Accessing Statement Management</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Creating Statements</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Printing Statements</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 6-1: Creating and Printing Statements</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Tracking Statements</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 6-2: Tracking Statements</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Sorting Statements</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Modifying the Statement Management Grid</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 6-3: Creating Clinic Policies</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Statement Manager Toolbar Options</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The Top Toolbar</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The Bottom Toolbar</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Cycle Billing Statement</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 6-4: Implementing Cycle Billing</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 6-5: Sorting Statements and Adding Comments</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter Review</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Resources</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 7: Data Backup and Data Maintenance</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Introduction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Overview of Backing Up Medisoft</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 7-1: Becoming Familiar with the Backup and Restore Facilities</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Creating a Backup</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Task Scheduler</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 7-2: Task Scheduler</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 7-3: Printing the Registration</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; View Backup Disks</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 7-4: Creating a Backup</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Restoring a Backup</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Backup Root Data</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Backing Up Multiple Practices</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Restore Root Data</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 7-5: Finding Help</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; File Maintenance for Multiple Practices and Backups</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 7-6: Running File Maintenance</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter Review</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Resources</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 8: Billing Charges, Security Setup and Other Little- Known Features</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Introduction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Overview of the Little Known Features</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Billing Charges</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Small Balance Write-Off</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Security Setup</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Group Setup</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Permissions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Audit Records</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Detailing the Features</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Billing Charges: A Closer Look</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 8-1`: Billing Charges</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Small Balance Write-offs: A Closer Look</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 8-2: Small Balance Write-Offs</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Security Setup: A Closer Look</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 8-3: Security Setup</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Group Settings: A Closer Look</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 8-4: Group Setup</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Permissions: A Closer Look</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 8-5: Changing Permissions</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Audit Records</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 8-6: Creating an Audit Report: Audit Generator</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter Review</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Resources</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 9: Reporting and Accounts Receivable Management</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Introduction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">An Overview of Managing Accounts Receivables</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Creating Accounts Receivables Clinic Policies</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Determining the Days in AR</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 9-1: Determining the Days in Accounts Receivables</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Reports and Strategies for Collecting Accounts Receivables</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The Simple Patient Aging Report</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 9-2: Setting the Aging Column in Program Options</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 9-3: Printing the Patient Aging Report</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Printing the Insurance Aging Reports: Primary, Secondary, and Tertiary</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 9-4: Printing Insurance Aging Reports</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Insurance Follow-up through Claim Management and Collection List</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Claim Management</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Collection List</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 9-5: Adding Items to the Collection List</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Patient Follow-up through Statement Management and Collection List</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Statement Management</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Collection List</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 9-5: Resolving Collection List Items</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 9-6: Printing a Practice Analysis</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Reports for the Doctor and/or Office Manager</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Practice Analysis</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Patient Day Sheet</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; User Information Report</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 10: Report Designer</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Introduction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Overview of Design Custom Reports and Bills</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Accessing Design Custom Reports and Bills</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 10-1: Customizing the Toolbar</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; An Overview of Design Custom Reports and Bills</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 10-2: Becoming Familiar with DCRB</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Opening an Existing Report and Making Minor Adjustments</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 10-3: Opening and Viewing a Report</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Opening an Existing Report and Making Major Adjustments</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Adding a Field</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Using Report Properties</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 10-4: Modifying the Insurance Form</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </B>Most Common Labels</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Creating a New Report</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Logos, Warnings, and Other Options to Customize</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 10-5: Adding a Company Logo to Statements</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Copying a Report or Bill from one Practice Set to Another</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 10-6: Printing Labels for Fliers and Newsletters</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter Review</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Resources</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 11: Work Administrator, HIPAA, and Electronic Transactions</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Introduction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Overview of Work Administrator</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Creating Users and Groups</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Accessing Work Administrator</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Viewing the Work Administrator Dashboard</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 11-1: Becoming Familiar with Work Administrator</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Adding Assignments Manually to Work Administrator</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Adding Assignments Automatically to Work Administrator</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 11-2: Creating a New Assignment</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Filtering Assignments</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 1103: Filtering Assignments</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Processing Assignments</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Practice Exercise 11-4: Creating a Rule</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Overview of HIPAA and EDI Transactions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Health Insurance Reform</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Administrative Simplification</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Privacy and Security</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; EDI Transactions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; EDI Transactions in Medisoft</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The EDI Enrollment Process</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter Review</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Resources</P></BLOCKQUOTE>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<mediafile>
<f114>04</f114>
<f115>03</f115>
<f116>06</f116>
<f117>0135130220.jpg</f117>
</mediafile>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20090505</b003>
<b087>2010</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>WORLD</b388>
</salesrights>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>10.7</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>8.54</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>0.86</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>930</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>12</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>b</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>99.00</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135130301</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135130301</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135130308</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135130308</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135130308</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>BB</b012>
<series>
<b018>MyCrimeKit Series</b018>
</series>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>Criminal Justice Today</b203>
<b029>An Introductory Text for the 21st Century</b029>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Schmalleger, Frank J.</b037>
<b039>Frank J.</b039>
<b040>Schmalleger</b040>
<b046>Emeritus, University of North Carolina</b046>
</contributor>
<b057>10</b057>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>832</b061>
<b064>LAW052000</b064>
<b073>05</b073>
<othertext>
<d102>13</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px">Frank Schmalleger, Ph.D., is Distinguished Professor Emeritus at the University of North Carolina at Pembroke. He holds degrees from the University of Notre Dame and Ohio State University, having earned both a master&rsquo;s (1970) and a doctorate in sociology (1974) from Ohio State University with a special emphasis in criminology. From 1976 to 1994, he taught criminology and criminal justice courses at the University of North Carolina at Pembroke. For the last 16 of those years, he chaired the university&rsquo;s Department of Sociology, Social Work, and Criminal Justice. The university named him Distinguished Professor in 1991.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Schmalleger is also the Director of the Justice Research Association, a private consulting firm and think tank focusing on issues of crime and justice. The Justice Research Association (JRA) serves the needs of the nation&rsquo;s civil and criminal justice planners and administrators through workshops, conferences, and grant-writing and program-evaluation support. JRA also sponsors the Criminal Justice Distance Learning Consortium, which resides on the Web at <A href="http://www.cjdlc.org/">http://www.cjdlc.org</A>.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Schmalleger has taught in the online graduate program of the New School for Social Research, helping to build the world&rsquo;s first electronic classrooms in support of distance learning through computer telecommunications. As an adjunct professor with Webster University in St. Louis, Missouri, Schmalleger helped develop the university&rsquo;s graduate program in security administration and loss prevention. He taught courses in that curriculum for more than a decade. An avid Web user and Website builder, Schmalleger is also the creator of a number of award-winning World Wide Web sites, including one that supports this textbook (<A href="http://www.cjtoday.com/">http://www.cjtoday.com</A>).</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Frank Schmalleger is the author of numerous articles and more than 30 books, including the widely used <I>Criminal Justice: A Brief Introduction</I> (Prentice Hall, 2008), <I>Criminology Today</I> (Prentice Hall, 2009), and <I>Criminal Law Today</I> (Prentice Hall, 2006).</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Schmalleger is also founding editor of the journal <I>Criminal Justice Studies.</I> He has served as editor for the Prentice Hall series <I>Criminal Justice in the Twenty-First Century</I> and as imprint adviser for Greenwood Publishing Group&rsquo;s criminal justice reference series.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Schmalleger&rsquo;s philosophy of both teaching and writing can be summed up in these words: &ldquo;In order to communicate knowledge we must first catch, then hold, a person&rsquo;s interest&ndash;be it student, colleague, or policymaker. Our writing, our speaking, and our teaching must be relevant to the problems facing people today, and they must in some way help solve those problems.&rdquo; Visit the author&rsquo;s website at <A href="http://www.schmalleger.com/">http://www.schmalleger.com</A>.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>18</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=center text-align="center"><B>Back Cover Copy for Schmalleger, Criminal Justice Today, 10e</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">With new and expanded coverage of anti-terrorism measures, the Virginia Tech shooting, and criminal justice challenges in the wake of Hurricane Katrina, the tenth edition of <I>Criminal Justice Today </I>continues to offer comprehensive, up-to-date coverage of criminal justice issues that are relevant to your world today. Its timely, relevant content and hallmark thematic approach of balancing individual rights with public order have made it the all-time best-selling introduction to criminal justice text. </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>A variety of multi-media review materials are available to support you in using this text:</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <UL>  <LI><B>The Student Study Guide </B>contains materials designed to help you master the content of each chapter including explanations of key concepts, activities, practice questions, and study tips. </LI></UL>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Purchase online at <A href="http://www.prenhall.com/">www.prenhall.com</A> </B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>&nbsp;</B></P>  <UL>  <LI><B>The Companion Website</B> offers a wealth of online criminal justice resources: </LI>  <UL>  <LI><B>Web Extras</B> offer virtual criminal justice tours of the Internet, with visits to significant police, courts, and corrections sites on the Web.</LI>  <LI><B>Library Extras</B> provide access to selected documents from the Bureau of Justice Statistics, the National Institute of Justice, the Bureau of Justice Assistance, the Federal Bureau of Investigation, and other important criminal justice agencies.</LI>  <LI><B>Many review materials,</B> such as pre-quizzes, chapter quizzes, chapter tests, and assignments.</LI></UL></UL>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Visit the companion website at www.cjtoday.com</B></P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>04</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Part 1</B>&nbsp;&nbsp;<B>Crime in America</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 1<B>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; What Is Criminal Justice?</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 2<B>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The Crime Picture</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 3<B>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The Search for Causes</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 4<B>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Criminal Law</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Part 2</B>&nbsp;&nbsp;<B>Policing</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 5<B>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Policing: History and Structure</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 6<B>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Policing: Purpose and Organization</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 7<B>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Policing: Legal Aspects</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 8<B>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Policing: Issues and Challenges</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Part 3</B>&nbsp;&nbsp;<B>Adjudication</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 9<B>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The Courts: Structure and Participants</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 10<B>&nbsp;&nbsp; Pretrial Activities and the Criminal Trial</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 11<B>&nbsp;&nbsp; Sentencing</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Part 4</B>&nbsp;&nbsp;<B>Corrections</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 12<B>&nbsp;&nbsp; Probation, Parole, and Community Corrections</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 13<B>&nbsp;&nbsp; Prisons and Jails</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 14<B>&nbsp;&nbsp; Prison Life</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Part 5</B>&nbsp;&nbsp;<B>Special Issues</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 15<B>&nbsp;&nbsp; Juvenile Justice</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 16<B>&nbsp;&nbsp; Drugs and Crime</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 17<B>&nbsp;&nbsp; Terrorism and Multinational Criminal Justice</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 18<B>&nbsp;&nbsp; The Future of Criminal Justice</B></P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<mediafile>
<f114>04</f114>
<f115>03</f115>
<f116>06</f116>
<f117>0135130301.jpg</f117>
</mediafile>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20080131</b003>
<b087>2009</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>ROW</b388>
</salesrights>
<notforsale>
<b090>AF AG AL AN AO AR AT AU BB BE BF BG BH BI BM BN BO BR BS BT BW CF CG CH CI CL CM CN CO CR CS CY CZ DE DK DO DZ EC EG ES ET FI FJ FR GB GH GI GM GN GP GR GT GU GY HK HN HT HU ID IE IL IN IQ IR IS IT JM JO JP KE KP KR KW LA LB LI LR LS LU LY MA MG ML MM MN MQ MR MT MU MV MW MY MZ NE NG NI NL NO NP NZ PA PE PG PH PL PT PY QA RO RU RW SA SB SD SE SG SL SM SN SO SV SY SZ TD TG TH TN TR TT TW TZ UG UY VA VE WS YE ZA</b090>
</notforsale>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>11.18</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>8.72</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>1.405</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>1896</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<relatedproduct>
<h208>03</h208>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0131719505</b244>
</productidentifier>
</relatedproduct>
<relatedproduct>
<h208>07</h208>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>013505768X</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135057681</b244>
</productidentifier>
</relatedproduct>
<relatedproduct>
<h208>07</h208>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135135753</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135135754</b244>
</productidentifier>
</relatedproduct>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>8</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>k</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>135.13</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>013513031X</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>013513031X</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135130315</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135130315</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135130315</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>BB</b012>
<series>
<b018>MyCrimeKit Series</b018>
</series>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>Criminology Today</b203>
<b029>An Integrative Introduction</b029>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Schmalleger, Frank J.</b037>
<b039>Frank J.</b039>
<b040>Schmalleger</b040>
<b046>Emeritus, University of North Carolina</b046>
</contributor>
<b057>5</b057>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>720</b061>
<b064>SOC004000</b064>
<b073>05</b073>
<othertext>
<d102>13</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Frank Schmalleger, Ph.D., is professor emeritus at the University of North Carolina at Pembroke, where he also was recognized as Distinguished Professor. Dr. Schmalleger holds degrees from the University of Notre Dame and Ohio State University, having earned both a master&rsquo;s (1970) and a doctorate in sociology (1974) from Ohio State University with a special emphasis in criminology. From 1976 to 1994, he taught criminal justice courses at the University of North Carolina at Pembroke. For the last 16 of those years, he chaired the university&rsquo;s Department of Sociology, Social Work, and Criminal Justice. As an adjunct professor with Webster University in St. Louis, Missouri, Schmalleger helped develop the university&rsquo;s graduate program in security administration and loss prevention. He taught courses in that curriculum for more than a decade. Schmalleger has also taught in the New School for Social Research&rsquo;s online graduate program, helping build the world&rsquo;s first electronic classrooms in support of distance learning through computer telecommunications. An avid Web user and site builder, Schmalleger is also the creator of award-winning World Wide Web sites, including one that supports this textbook, <I><A href="http://www.crimtoday.com/">www.crimtoday.com</A>.</I></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Frank Schmalleger is the author of numerous articles and many books, including the widely used <I>Criminal Justice Today: An Introductory Text for the 21st Century </I>(Prentice Hall, 2009), now in its tenth edition; <I>Criminal Justice: A Brief Introduction,</I> seventh edition (Prentice Hall, 2008); <I>Criminal Law Today, </I>&nbsp;third editon (Prentice Hall, 2006); <I>Crime and the Justice System in America: An Encyclopedia</I> (Greenwood Publishing Group, 1997); <I>Trial of the Century: People of the State of California vs. Orenthal James Simpson</I> (Prentice Hall, 1996); <I>Career Paths: A Guide to Jobs in Federal Law Enforcement</I> (Regents/Prentice Hall, 1994); <I>Computers in Criminal Justice</I> (Wyndham Hall Press, 1991); <I>Criminal Justice Ethics</I> (Greenwood Press, 1991); <I>Finding Criminal Justice in the Library</I> (Wyndham Hall Press, 1991); <I>Ethics in Criminal Justice</I> (Wyndham Hall Press, 1990); <I>A History of Corrections</I> (Foundations Press of Notre Dame, 1983); and <I>The Social Basis of Criminal Justice</I> (University Press of America, 1981). Schmalleger is also founding editor of the journal <I>Criminal Justice Studies</I> (formerly <I>The Justice Professional</I>).</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Schmalleger&rsquo;s philosophy of both teaching and writing can be summed up in these words: &ldquo;In order to communicate knowledge we must first catch, then hold, a person&rsquo;s interest&ndash;be it student, colleague, or policy maker. Our writing, our speaking, and our teaching must .be relevant to the problems facing people today, and they must&ndash;in some way&ndash;help solve those problems.&rdquo;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>01</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<I>Criminology Today: An Integrative Introduction 5</I>e is a clear, contemporary and comprehensive introduction to the study of criminology. Offering a thematic approach that contrasts the social responsibility and social problems approaches to crime theory, the book encourages students to think critically about the causes of crime. Completely up to date, this&nbsp;new edition addresses the question of how security &amp; freedom interface in an age of increasing globalism.&nbsp;<I>Criminology Today: An Integrative Introduction 5</I>e introduces students to the exciting field of criminology in the 21<SUP>st</SUP> century.]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>04</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>PART 1</B><B>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The Crime Picture&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 1&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</B>What Is Criminology?&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 2&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</B>Patterns of Crime</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 3&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</B>Research Methods and Theory Development</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Part 2&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</B><B>Crime Causation</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 4&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</B>Classical and Neoclassical Thought</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 5&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</B>Biological Roots of Criminal Behavior</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 6&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</B>Psychological and Psychiatric Foundations of Criminal Behavior</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Part 3&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</B><B>Crime Causation Revisited</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 7&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</B>Sociological Theories I: Social Structure</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 8&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</B>Sociological Theories II: Social Process and Social Development</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 9&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</B>Sociological Theories III: Social Conflict</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Part 4&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</B><B>Crime in the Modern World</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 10&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</B>Crimes against Persons</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 11&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</B>Crimes against Property</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 12&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</B>White-Collar and Organized Crime&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 13&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</B>Drug Abuse and Crime</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 14&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</B>Technology and Crime</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Part 5&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</B><B>Responding to Criminal Behav</B><B>ior</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 15&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</B>Criminology and Social Policy</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 16&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</B>Future Directions</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<mediafile>
<f114>04</f114>
<f115>03</f115>
<f116>06</f116>
<f117>013513031X.jpg</f117>
</mediafile>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20080125</b003>
<b087>2009</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>ROW</b388>
</salesrights>
<notforsale>
<b090>AF AG AL AN AO AR AT AU BB BE BF BG BH BI BM BN BO BR BS BT BW CF CG CH CI CL CM CN CO CR CS CY CZ DE DK DO DZ EC EG ES ET FI FJ FR GB GH GI GM GN GP GR GT GU GY HK HN HT HU ID IE IL IN IQ IR IS IT JM JO JP KE KP KR KW LA LB LI LR LS LU LY MA MG ML MM MN MQ MR MT MU MV MW MY MZ NE NG NI NL NO NP NZ PA PE PG PH PL PT PY QA RO RU RW SA SB SD SE SG SL SM SN SO SV SY SZ TD TG TH TN TR TT TW TZ UG UY VA VE WS YE ZA</b090>
</notforsale>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>11.2</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>8.7</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>1.205</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>1694</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<relatedproduct>
<h208>03</h208>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0131702106</b244>
</productidentifier>
</relatedproduct>
<relatedproduct>
<h208>07</h208>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>013505768X</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135057681</b244>
</productidentifier>
</relatedproduct>
<relatedproduct>
<h208>07</h208>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>013513501X</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135135013</b244>
</productidentifier>
</relatedproduct>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>10</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>k</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>135.13</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135130409</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135130409</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135130407</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135130407</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135130407</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>WW</b012>
<series>
<b018>Go! Series</b018>
</series>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>GO! with Microsoft Access 2007, Volume 1</b203>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Gaskin, Shelley</b037>
<b039>Shelley</b039>
<b040>Gaskin</b040>
</contributor>
<contributor>
<b034>2</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Marks, Suzanne</b037>
<b039>Suzanne</b039>
<b040>Marks</b040>
<b046>Bellevue Community College</b046>
</contributor>
<contributor>
<b034>3</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Townsend, Kris</b037>
<b039>Kris</b039>
<b040>Townsend</b040>
<b046>Spokane Falls Community College</b046>
</contributor>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>576</b061>
<b064>COM021000</b064>
<b073>05</b073>
<othertext>
<d102>13</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px" soNormal>Shelley Gaskin, Series Editor for the GO! Series, is a professor of business and computer technology at Pasadena City College in Pasadena, California. She holds a master&#39;s degree in business education from Northern Illinois&nbsp;&nbsp; University and a doctorate in adult and community education from Ball State University. Dr. Gaskin has 15 years of experience in the computer industry with several Fortune 500 companies and has developed and written training materials for custom systems applications in both the public and private sector. She is also the author of books on Microsoft Outlook and word processing. </P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>01</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B></B> The primary goal of this <I>GO! Series </I>title is to teach Microsoft Access 2007 quickly and easily, with an approach that is based on clearly-defined projects. A key feature of the book is the use of Microsoft procedural syntax: steps begin with <I>where</I> the action is to take place, followed by the action itself. The instruction is error-free, clearly written, and logically arranged. This book provides users with the skills to solve business problems using the computer as a tool. <I>GO!</I>&rsquo;s project-based approach clusters the learning objectives around the projects rather than around software features. Teaches students to solve real problems as they practice and learn the features. <I>GO! with Microsoft Access 2007, Volume 1, 1/e </I>contains a CD-ROM. <B></B> This edition covers the following topics: getting started with Access databases and tables; sorting and querying databases; forms, filters and reports; designing and building a rational database; automating data entry; advanced reports. <B></B> An efficient and handy guide for anyone interested in a comprehensive introduction to Microsoft Access 2007. </P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>04</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<B>Chapter 1 Getting Started with Access Databases and Tables </B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;PROJECT 1A Create a New Blank Database </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 1 Start Access and Create a New Blank Database</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.1 Starting Access, Creating and Naming a Folder, and Creating a Database from a New Blank Database </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 2 Add Records to a Table </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.2 Adding Records to a Table </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 3 Rename Table Fields in Datasheet View </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.3 Renaming the Fields In a Table in Datasheet View </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.4 Changing the Data Type of a Field in Datasheet View </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 4 Modify the Design of a Table </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.5 Deleting a Field in Design View </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.6 Modifying a Field Size and Description in Design View </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.7 Setting a Primary Key and Saving a Table </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 5 Add a Second Table to a Database </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.8 Adding a Second Table to a Database </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.9 Adding Records to a Second Table </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 6 Print a Table </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.10 Adjusting Column Widths and Printing a Table </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 7 Create and Use a Query </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.11 Using the Simple Query Wizard to Create a Query </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 8 Create and Use a Form</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.12 Creating a Form </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 9 Create and Print a Report </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.13 Creating and Printing a Report </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 10 Close and Save a Database </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.14 Closing and Saving a Database </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;PROJECT 1B Create a Database from a Template </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 11 Create a Database Using a Template </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.15 Creating a New Database Using a Template </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.16 Building a Table by Entering Records in a Multiple Items Form </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 12 Organize Database Objects in the Navigation Pane </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.17 Organizing Database Objects in the Navigation Pane </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 13 Create a New Table in a Database Created with a Template</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.18 Creating a New Table and Changing Its Design </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 14 View a Report and Print a Table in a Database Created with a Template </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.19 Viewing a Report </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.20 Printing a Table </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 15 Use the Access Help System </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.21 Using the Access Help System </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P><B>Chapter 2 Sort and Query a Database</B>   <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;PROJECT 2A Sort and Query a Database </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 1 Open an Existing Database </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.1 Renaming and Opening an Existing Database </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.2 Opening an Existing Database and Resolving Security Alerts </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 2 Create Table Relationships </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.3 Creating Table Relationships and Enforcing Referential Integrity </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.4 Printing a Relationship Report </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 3 Sort Records in a Table </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.5 Sorting Records in a Table in Ascending or Descending Order </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.6 Sorting Records in a Table on Multiple Fields </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 4 Create a Query in Design View </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.7 Creating a New Select Query in Design View </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.8 Running, Saving, Printing, and Closing a Query </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 5 Create a New Query from an Existing Query </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.9 Creating a New Query From an Existing Query </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 6 Sort Query Results </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.10 Sorting Query Results </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 7 Specify Criteria in a Query </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.11 Specifying Text Criteria in a Query </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.12 Specifying Criteria Using a Field Not Displayed in the Query Result </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.13 Using Is Null Criteria to Find Empty Fields </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;PROJECT 2B Create a Database Table from an Excel Spreadsheet and Create Complex Queries </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 8 Create a New Table by Importing an Excel Spreadsheet </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.14 Opening an Existing Database and Preparing to Import an Excel Spreadsheet </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.15 Creating a New Table by Importing an Excel Spreadsheet </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 9 Specify Numeric Criteria in a Query </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.16 Specifying Numeric Criteria in a Query </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.17 Using Comparison Operators </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.18 Using the Between. . . And Comparison Operator </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 10 Use Compound Criteria </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.19 Using AND Criteria in a Query </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.20 Using OR Criteria in a Query </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 11 Create a Query Based on More Than One Table </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.21 Creating a Query Based on More Than One Table </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 12 Use Wildcards in a Query </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.22 Using a Wildcard in a Query </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 13 Use Calculated Fields in a Query </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.23 Using Calculated Fields in a Query&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 14 Group Data and Calculate Statistics in a Query </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.24 Using the MIN, MAX, AVG and SUM Functions in a Query </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.25 Grouping Data in a Query </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>&nbsp;</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 3 Forms, Filters, and Reports </B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;PROJECT 3A Create Forms to Enter and Display Data in a Database </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 1 Create a Form </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.1 Creating a Form </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 2 Use a Form to Add and Delete Records </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.2 Adding Records to a Table by Using a Form </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.3 Deleting Records from a Table by Using a Form </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.4 Printing a Form </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 3 Create a Form by Using the Form Wizard </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.5 Creating a Form Using the Form Wizard </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 4 Modify a Form in Design View and in Layout View </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.6 Modifying a Form in Design View </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.7 Adding, Resizing, and Moving Controls in Layout View </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.8 Formatting and Aligning Controls in Layout View </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 5 Filter Records </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.9 Filtering Data by Selection on One Field </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.10 Using Filter by Form </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;PROJECT 3B Create Reports to Display Database Information </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 6 Create a Report by Using the Report Tool </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.11 Creating and Modifying a Report by Using the Report Tool and Layout View </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 7 Create a Report by Using the Blank Report Tool </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.12 Creating a Report by Using the Blank Report Tool </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 8 Create a Report by Using the Report Wizard </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.13 Creating a Report by Using the Report Wizard </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 9 Modify the Design of a Report </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.14 Modifying a Report in Layout View </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.15 Modifying a Report in Design View </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 10 Print a Report and Keep Data Together </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.16 Keeping Data Together and Printing a Report </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 4 Designing and Building a Relational Database</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;PROJECT 4A Classes</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 1: Customize Table Fields</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 4.1 Adding Captions to Fields</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 4.2 Creating a Yes/No Field and Set a Default Value</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 4.3 Creating and populating an Attachment Field</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 2: Structure Data Input</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 4.4 Creating a Lookup Field from a Typed List</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 4.5 Creating a Lookup Field from a Table</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 4.6 Creating an Input Mask Using a Wizard</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 4.7 Creating a Custom Input Mask</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 3: Validate Data Input</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 4.8 Classifying Fields as Required</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 4.9 Assigning Default Values to Fields</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 4.10 Setting Validation Properties</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 4.11 Testing a Validation System in a For</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;PROJECT 4B Registration</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 4: Create Indexes and Change Sort Order</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 4.12 Creating an Index to Optimize Sorting</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 4.13 Creating an Index to Maintain Data Integrity</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 5: Create Relationships between Tables</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 4.14 Establishing a One-to-One Relationship</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 4.15 Working with Related Tables</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 4.16 Creating a One-to-Many Relationship</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 4.17 Creating a Many-to-Many Relationship</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 6: Create Forms and Reports with Related Tables</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 4.18 Creating a Relationships Report</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 4.19 Creating a Query Using Related Tables</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 4.20 Creating a Form Using Related Tables</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P><B>Chapter 5 Automate Data Entry with Forms</B>   <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;PROJECT 5A - Sales Force</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 1: Create Forms with Subforms</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 5.1 Creating One-to-Many Relationships</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 5.2 Creating a Form and Subform using the Form Wizard</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 5.3 Creating a Form Using the Blank Form Tool</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 5.4 Adding a Subform using the Subform Control</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 5.5 Formatting a Form and Subform in Layout View</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 2: Create Forms with Special Views</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 5.6 Creating a Split Form</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 5.7 Creating a Multiple Items Form</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 5.8 Creating a From with Tabbed Pages</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;PROJECT 5B - Opportunities</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 4: Build a Form in Design View</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 5.9 Building a Form in Design View</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 5.10 Aligning Controls Using Arrange Tools</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 5.11 Creating a Combo Box with Data from a Related Table</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 5.12 Adding a List Box and a Combo Box</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 5.13 Adding a Calculated Control</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 5.14 Adding an Option Button Group</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 5.15 Adding a Command Button</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 5.16 Inserting a Chart</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 5: Use Advanced Formatting Tools</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 5.17 Applying Conditional Formatting</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 5.18 Applying Rich Text Formatting to Data</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 6 Customize Data Output with Reports (The Petite Book)</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;PROJECT 6A Orders</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 1: Build Reports Based on Queries</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 6.1 Building a Select Query</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 6.2 Building a report Based on a Select Query</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 6.3 Adding Line Numbers and a Record Count</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 6.4 Optimizing a Report for Black and White Printing</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 6.5 Building and Modifying Queries Using Copy and Paste</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 6.6 Building and Modifying Reports Using Copy and Paste</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 2: Export a Report and Create a Labels Report</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 6.7 Exporting Reports as Web Pages</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 6.8 Creating an Aggregate Function Query</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 6.9 Creating a Labels Report</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;PROJECT 6B Sales</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 4: Create a Subreport Using Design Tools</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 6.10 Creating a Report Using Report Design</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 6.11 Creating a Subreport using the SubReport Wizard</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 6.12 Formatting a Report and Subreport</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 6.13 Adding Calculated Controls</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 5: Summarize Report Data</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 6.14 Creating a Summary Report</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 6.15 Inserting a Chart</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 6.16 Editing a Chart</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 6.17 Filtering and Printing a Report</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 6: Create a Report with an Interactive Filter</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 6.18 Building a Daily Sales Report</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Activity 6.19 Creating a Filter That Asks for User Input</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<mediafile>
<f114>04</f114>
<f115>03</f115>
<f116>06</f116>
<f117>0135130409.jpg</f117>
</mediafile>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20070726</b003>
<b087>2008</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>WORLD</b388>
</salesrights>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>10.78</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>9.02</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>0.98</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>1188</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>14</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>k</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>75.67</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135130417</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135130417</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135130414</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135130414</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135130414</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>WW</b012>
<series>
<b018>Go! Series</b018>
</series>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>GO! with Microsoft PowerPoint 2007, Brief</b203>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Gaskin, Shelley</b037>
<b039>Shelley</b039>
<b040>Gaskin</b040>
</contributor>
<contributor>
<b034>2</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Vargas, Alicia</b037>
<b039>Alicia</b039>
<b040>Vargas</b040>
<b046>Pasadena City College</b046>
</contributor>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>272</b061>
<b064>COM078000</b064>
<b073>05</b073>
<othertext>
<d102>13</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px" soNormal>Shelley Gaskin, Series Editor for the GO! Series, is a professor of business and computer technology at Pasadena City College in Pasadena, California. She holds a master&#39;s degree in business education from Northern Illinois&nbsp;&nbsp; University and a doctorate in adult and community education from Ball State University. Dr. Gaskin has 15 years of experience in the computer industry with several Fortune 500 companies and has developed and written training materials for custom systems applications in both the public and private sector. She is also the author of books on Microsoft Outlook and word processing. </P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>01</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B></B> The primary goal of this <I>GO! </I>Series title is to teach Microsoft PowerPoint 2007 quickly and easily, with an approach that is based on clearly-defined projects. A key feature of the book is the use of Microsoft procedural syntax: steps begin with <I>where</I> the action is to take place, followed by the action itself. The instruction is error-free, clearly written, and logically arranged. This book provides users with the skills to solve business problems using the computer as a tool. <I>GO! with Microsoft PowerPoint 2007, Brief, 1/e</I> contains a CD-ROM for additional learning opportunities. <B></B> This edition covers the following topics: getting started with PowerPoint; designing a presentation; formatting a presentation using animation, tables, and charts. <B></B> Ideal for students and individuals seeking a project-based introduction to PowerPoint 2007. </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>04</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left"><B>Chapter 1 Getting Started with Microsoft PowerPoint 2007</P></B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;PROJECT 1A Open, Edit, Save, and Print a Presentation</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 1 Open, View, and Save a Presentation</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.1 Starting PowerPoint and Identifying Parts of the PowerPoint Window</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.2 Opening a Presentation</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.3 Viewing a Slide Show</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.4 Creating Folders and Saving a Presentation</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 2 Edit a Presentation</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.5 Editing Slide Text</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.6 Inserting a New Slide</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.7 Increasing and Decreasing List Levels</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.8 Checking Spelling</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.9 Editing Text by Using the Thesaurus</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.10 Adding Speaker&rsquo;s Notes to a Presentation</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 3 Format a Presentation</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.11 Changing Font and Font Size</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.12 Applying Font Styles</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.13 Aligning Text and Changing Line Spacing</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.14 Modifying Slide Layout</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.15 Changing the Presentation Theme</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 4 Create Headers and Footers and Print a Presentation</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.16 Creating Headers and Footers</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.17 Previewing and Printing a Presentation and Closing PowerPoint</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;PROJECT 1B Create and Format a Presentation</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 5 Create a New Presentation</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.18 Starting a New Presentation</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.19 Inserting Slides from an Existing Presentation</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 6 Use Slide Sorter View</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.20 Selecting and Deleting Slides</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.21 Moving Slides</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 7 Add Pictures to a Presentation</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.22 Inserting Clip Art</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.23 Moving and Sizing Images</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.24 Applying a Style to a Picture</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 8 Use the Microsoft Help System</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 1.25 Accessing PowerPoint Help</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;</P><B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Chapter 2 Designing a PowerPoint Presentation</P></B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;PROJECT 2A Format a Presentation</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 1 Format Slide Elements</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.1 Selecting Placeholder Text and Using the Repeat Key</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.2 Changing a Bulleted List to a Numbered List</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.3 Modifying the Bulleted List Style</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.4 Applying WordArt Styles to Text</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.5 Using Format Painter</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 2 Insert and Format Pictures and Shapes</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.6 Inserting a Picture Using a Content Layout</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.7 Changing the Size and Shape of a Picture</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.8 Inserting and Positioning a Text Box</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.9 Inserting, Sizing, and Positioning Shapes</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.10 Adding Text to Shapes</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.11 Applying Shape and Picture Styles</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.12 Duplicating and Aligning Objects</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 3 Apply Slide Transitions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.13 Applying Slide Transitions to a Presentation</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;PROJECT 2B Enhance a Presentation with SmartArt Graphics</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 4 Reorganize Presentation Text and Clear Formats</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.14 Moving and Copying Text</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.15 Copying Multiple Selections by Using the Office Clipboard</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.16 Undoing and Redoing Changes</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.17 Clearing Formatting from a Selection</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 5 Create and Format a SmartArt Graphic</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.18 Creating a SmartArt Diagram by Using a Content Layout</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.19 Adding and Removing Shapes in a Diagram</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.20 Changing the Diagram Type and Size</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.21 Creating a SmartArt Diagram from Bullet Points</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 2.22 Changing the Color and Style of a Diagram</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;</P><B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Chapter 3 Enhancing a Presentation with Animation, Tables, and Charts</P></B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;PROJECT 3A Customize a Presentation</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 1 Customize Slide Backgrounds and Themes</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.1 Applying a Background Style</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.2 Hiding Background Graphics</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.3 Formatting a Slide Background with a Picture</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.4 Applying a Background Fill Color and Resetting a Slide Background</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.5 Modifying Font Themes</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 2 Animate a Slide Show</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.6 Applying Entrance Effects</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.7 Setting Effect and Timing Options</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.8 Applying Animation to a SmartArt Graphic</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;PROJECT 3B Present Data with Tables and Charts</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 3 Create and Modify Tables</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.9 Creating a Table</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.10 Modifying the Layout of a Table</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.11 Modifying a Table Design</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objective 4 Create and Modify Charts</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.12 Creating a Column Chart and Applying a Chart Style</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.13 Deleting Chart Data and Changing the Chart Type</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activity 3.14 Animating a Chart</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<mediafile>
<f114>04</f114>
<f115>03</f115>
<f116>06</f116>
<f117>0135130417.jpg</f117>
</mediafile>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20070516</b003>
<b087>2008</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>WORLD</b388>
</salesrights>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>11.02</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>8.2</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>0.405</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>567</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>20</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>k</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>47.33</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135130468</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135130468</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135130469</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135130469</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135130469</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>BC</b012>
<b333>B102</b333>
<n338/>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>Statistical Concepts for Criminal Justice and Criminology</b203>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Williams III, Frank P.</b037>
<b039>Frank P.</b039>
<b040>Williams III</b040>
<b046>University of Houston, Downtown</b046>
</contributor>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>224</b061>
<b064>SOC004000</b064>
<b073>05</b073>
<othertext>
<d102>13</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px" soNormal><B>Frank P. Williams III </B>has been in the criminal justice academic field since 1976 (Ph.D., Criminology, Florida State University). He is currently a Professor in the Department of Criminal Justice, University of Houston-Downtown and is also Professor Emeritus at the California State University, San Bernardino. He has taught at doctoral, masters and undergraduate levels and held positions as department chair, research director, and program coordinator.&nbsp; His academic credentials include numerous publications and research projects, editor or deputy/associate editor for several journals and publishers&rsquo; book and monograph series and office/service on boards of several scholarly organizations.&nbsp; Most recent publications include <I>Imagining Criminology</I>, an encyclopedia, and journal articles or book chapters on drug use, gangs, processing of females in the criminal justice system, and parolee recidivism, most of which are coauthored with Marilyn D. McShane. His more than 30 years of experience in teaching statistics spans the range from introductory undergraduate to advanced doctoral level. </P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>01</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[This book is concept-based and focuses on the building blocks of statistical ideas. Covering the essential techniques&mdash;univariate tools, Chi-square, <I>t-</I>test, analysis of variance, and Pearson&rsquo;s <I>r&mdash;</I>in a simple conversational style, the text explains the concepts behind each technique and how results are interpreted. Its emphasis is on understanding over mathematical calculations, and its goal is to give students a grasp of the role of variance and error. A chapter on graphical statistics complements the normal quantitative approaches and each technique is set in the context of how it is used to answer research questions.]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>04</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left"><B>Section 1. Foundations of Statistics</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">I. Introduction to Statistics</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">II. Levels of Measurement</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left"><B>Section 2. Describing Single Variables</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">III. Describing Variables: Graphical Statistics</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">IV. Describing Variables: Measures of Central Tendency</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">V. Describing Variables: Measures of Dispersion</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">VI. Describing Variables: Curves and Distributions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">VII. Describing Variables: Frequency Distributions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left"><B>Section 3. Testing for Bivariate Relationships</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">VIII. Elementary Relationships: Crosstabulation Tables</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">IX. Hypotheses and Sampling Distributions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">X. Statistical Significance</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">XI. Testing for Significance: The Chi-Square Test</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">XII. Testing for Significance in Two Groups: The T-Test</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">XIII. Testing for Significance in Multiple Groups: The Analysis of Variance</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left"><B>Section 4. Determining the Strength of Relationships</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">XIV. The Concept of Association</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">XV. Testing for Association: Phi</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">XVI. Testing for Association: Pearson&rsquo;s R and Regression</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">XVII. Doing Real Research: Elementary Multivariate Relationships</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left"><B>Appendices</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">A. Box Plots</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">B. Determining normality: Skewness and Kurtosis</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">C. Ordinal Level Tests of Significance: The Mann-Whitney U-Test and the Kruskal-Wallis Analysis of Variance</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">D. Choosing a Multiple Comparison Test</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">E. Nominal Level Tests of Association: Lambda and the Uncertainty Coefficient</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">F. Ordinal Level Tests of Association: Gamma and Somer&rsquo;s D</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<mediafile>
<f114>04</f114>
<f115>03</f115>
<f116>06</f116>
<f117>0135130468.jpg</f117>
</mediafile>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20080319</b003>
<b087>2009</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>WORLD</b388>
</salesrights>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>8.98</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>5.96</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>0.47</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>304</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>36</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>k</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>29.20</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135130514</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135130514</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135130513</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135130513</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135130513</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>BC</b012>
<b333>B102</b333>
<n338/>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>Basic Criminal Law</b203>
<b029>The Constitution, Procedure, and Crimes</b029>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Davenport, Anniken U.</b037>
<b039>Anniken U.</b039>
<b040>Davenport</b040>
<b046>Pennslyvania State University</b046>
</contributor>
<b057>2</b057>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>576</b061>
<b064>LAW000000</b064>
<b073>05</b073>
<othertext>
<d102>18</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=center text-align="center"><B>Basic Criminal Law: The Constitution, Procedure, and Crimes, Second Edition</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Designed for undergraduate legal studies programs this edition of <I>Basic Criminal Law: The Constitution, Procedure, and Crimes</I> provides students with an up-to-date look at the American criminal justice system&ndash;both the law and legal procedures.&nbsp; This new edition also provides examples of where the system fails to live up to its ideals and the lessons learned from these mistakes. Ultimately, this book seeks to show a criminal justice system run by human beings with all the idealism and folly that it entails. </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P><B>NEW TO THIS EDITION</B>   <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&bull;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <B>New organization</B> builds a sound theoretical base before applying legal procedures </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&bull;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <B>Many up-to-date integrative cases</B> throughout the text show the best and the worst of the American criminal justice system </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&bull;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <B>Real court documents</B> included in the case examples will familiarize students with documents they will use in the real world</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&bull;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <B>Historical Highlight </B>boxes show the historical basis for the Anglo-American legal concepts and their current applications</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&bull;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <B>You Make the Call</B> scenarios allow students to use their critical thinking abilities to resolve real-life challenges</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&bull;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <B>Key terms</B> now appear in the margins and are also provided in a glossary at the end of the book for easy reference </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>04</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<B>Table of Contents</B>   <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">1.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; What is Criminal Law?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">2.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; What is Crime?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">3.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Crimes Against the Person: Murder</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">4.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Crimes Against the Person: Violence</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">5.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Crimes Against Property</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">6.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Treason, Terrorism, and Wartime Criminal Justice</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">7.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Crimes Against the State</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">8.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Social Crimes</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">9.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Common Law Defenses</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">10.&nbsp; Constitutional Rights Before Arrest</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">11.&nbsp; Constitutional Rights After Arrest</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">12.&nbsp; The Constitutional Right to Trial by Jury</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">13.&nbsp; Constitutional Rights Post-Conviction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">GLOSSARY</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">APPENDIX A: THE CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">INDEX</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<mediafile>
<f114>04</f114>
<f115>03</f115>
<f116>06</f116>
<f117>0135130514.jpg</f117>
</mediafile>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20080409</b003>
<b087>2009</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>WORLD</b388>
</salesrights>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>9.9</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>8</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>1.16</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>1136</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<relatedproduct>
<h208>03</h208>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0130797715</b244>
</productidentifier>
</relatedproduct>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>16</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>k</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>104.40</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135130565</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135130565</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135130568</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135130568</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135130568</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>BC</b012>
<b333>B102</b333>
<series>
<b018>Student Orientation Series (SOS)</b018>
</series>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>Student Orientation Series</b203>
<b029>Stop Procrastination Now! 10 Simple and SUCCESSFUL Steps for Student Success</b029>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Hoffman, August</b037>
<b039>August</b039>
<b040>Hoffman</b040>
</contributor>
<contributor>
<b034>2</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Wallach, Julie</b037>
<b039>Julie</b039>
<b040>Wallach</b040>
</contributor>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>80</b061>
<b064>SEL000000</b064>
<b073>05</b073>
<othertext>
<d102>13</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px; LINE-HEIGHT: 150%" soNormal><B>August John Hoffman</B> is currently a professor of psychology at California State University Northridge and El Camino College &mdash; Compton Center. He earned his B.A. from UC Santa Barbara, M.A. from Radford University in Clinical Psychology (with an emphasis in Sport Psychology), and Ph.D. from UCLA in educational psychology. As a professor of psychology at Compton College, CSU Northridge, and Pepperdine University, he has assisted students from various backgrounds in accomplishing their goals. He began and developed a highly successful gardening program at Compton College in an effort to help students improve their campus and community. Current research interests include community service work and student mentoring as effective methods to reduce ethnic conflict and improve self-efficacy among community college students. For the last five years Dr. Hoffman has conducted research on the Compton campus with outdoor gardening work with community college students and CSUN mentors, and the results have been very positive. We have seen significant increases in the transition to higher education directly as a result of our community service and gardening work. Additionally, Dr. Hoffman has taught several psychology courses including Motivation and Sport Psychology, which include an applied approach to creating healthy lifestyles for his students. He has published several books and academic research articles, including the texts, <I>Positive Psychology: An Applied Approach</I>; <I>Understanding Sport Psychology and Human Behavior</I>; and, <I>29,051 Ways to Survive the College Experience</I>.&nbsp; He enjoys gardening in his time off with his family &mdash; Nancy his wife, and two children A.J. and Sara. </P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>18</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=center text-align="center"><B><I>Prentice Hall presents . . . The Student Orientation Series</I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" sercontent>Our <B><I>Student Orientation Series</I> or S.O.S.</B> consists of short booklets that explore a variety of special interest topics.&nbsp; In just 50-75 pages, these books provide an excellent resource to use when assignments or the course focus go beyond the standard coverage on specialized topics.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" sercontent>These supplemental booklets help students understand how best to benefit from <B>service learning, learning communities,</B> and <B>overcoming procrastination.</B></P>  <DIV sercontent>  <UL>  <LI>  <DIV style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>watts, <I>Service Learning,</I></B> discusses the variety of programs available to students, including the difference between service learning and internships,&nbsp; how to find these opportunities, why students should consider internships and service learning to help determine majros, the value of giving back to the community, and finding the right career fit. </DIV></LI>  <LI><B>Connolly, <I>Learning Communities,</I></B> explores various learning communities programs, why they have been established, and how to gain the best possible experience while participating in one.   <LI><B>Hoffman &amp; Wallach, <I>Stope Procrastination Now!</I></B> considers some of the most significant reasons students are unsuccessful in college and in life--time management and procrastination issues--and helps students develop strategies to overcome procrastination.</LI></UL></DIV>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">COMING SOON!&nbsp; Additional topics of interest -- <B>English Language Learners</B> and <B>Peer Mentoring:</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>FUTURE TITLES:&nbsp; Additional topics of interest </B></P>  <UL>  <LI><B><I>English Language Learners</I></B> focuses on helping students increase their comfort levels by finding and assessing resources that create a smooth academic and social transition into the college culture.</LI>  <LI><B><I>Peer Mentoring</I></B> shows students how to make the best use of their peer mentors and demonstrates why peer mentors are valuable resources; examines what qualties are required of peer mentors and provides strategies for how to build these qualities within one&#39;s self.</LI></UL>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>At last, a series of handbooks that explore key topics in meaningful ways and serve as continuing&nbsp;resources throughout students&#39; college careers!</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Additional Support&mdash;in and out of the classroom</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">We encourage instructors and students alike to visit our Student Success Supersite at <A href="http://www.prenhall.com/success">www.prenhall.com/success</A></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Features include:</P>  <UL>  <LI>Majors Exploration   <LI>Career Advice   <LI>Web Links   <LI>Tips from Successful Students   <LI>Student Bulletin Boards   <LI>Faculty Resources</LI></UL>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>To learn more about Prentice Hall&rsquo;s Student Success and Career Development textbooks and resources, please visit our online catalog at <A href="http://www.prenhall.com/">www.prenhall.com</A>.</B></P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>04</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px">Introduction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">PART 1 -- THE WHAT, WHY, AND WHERE OF PROCRASTINATION</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;What</I> is Procrastination?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Where Does</I> Procrastination Occur?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Why</I> Do Students Procrastinate? Seven Styles of Procrastination</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">PART&nbsp;2 -- 10 SIMPLE STPES IN ELEMINATING PROCRASTINGATION YOU CAN BE S-U-C-C-E-S-S-F-U-L!</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<B>S</B>tay Focused: What First Needs to be Done?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<B>U</B>nderstanding Procrastination</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<B>C</B>larifying Your Goals: What Needs to be Done First?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<B>C</B>reate Contracts For Yourself</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<B>E</B>ducating Yourself: Managing Complex Tasks</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<B>S</B>upport Systems - Take Advantage of Resources</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<B>S</B>tay Simple - Know Your Boundaries: Avoid Peer Pressure</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<B>F</B>inding Your Strengths: In What Do You Excel In</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<B>U</B>nderstanding How to Work with Deadlines: Make Time Work for You--Not Against You</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<B>L</B>ook to the Future: Enjoying Your Life without Procrastination</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Future Tips:&nbsp; Preventing Procrastination Relapse</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">References</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Academic Planner</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Glossary</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Notes</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<mediafile>
<f114>04</f114>
<f115>03</f115>
<f116>06</f116>
<f117>0135130565.jpg</f117>
</mediafile>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20071228</b003>
<b087>2009</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>WORLD</b388>
</salesrights>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>10.62</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>8.32</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>0.18</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>193</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>84</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>k</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>5.80</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135130573</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135130573</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135130575</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135130575</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135130575</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>BC</b012>
<b333>B102</b333>
<series>
<b018>Pathways to Teaching Series</b018>
</series>
<series>
<b018>NCEI Series</b018>
</series>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>Pathways to Teaching Series</b203>
<b029>Assessment Throughout the Year</b029>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>O'Shea, Mark</b037>
<b039>Mark</b039>
<b040>O'Shea</b040>
</contributor>
<contributor>
<b034>2</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>National Center for Education Information, NCEI</b037>
<b039>NCEI</b039>
<b040>National Center for Education Information</b040>
</contributor>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>256</b061>
<b064>EDU030000</b064>
<b073>05</b073>
<othertext>
<d102>13</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[Dr. Mark O&rsquo;Shea is a Professor of Education at California State University &mdash; Monterey Bay. Following eleven years of secondary school teaching and curriculum leadership, Dr. O&rsquo;Shea embarked on his career as a teacher educator. His research interests focus on the identification of the skills and knowledge teachers need to succeed in standards-based classrooms. He is also involved in school reform efforts across the nation, from California to Alabama. He is the author of <I>From Standards to Success: A Guide for School Leaders </I>published in 2005 by the Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development.]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>18</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px">As part of the Pathways to Teaching Series,<I> Assessment Throughout the Year </I>offers a brief<I>, </I>practical text for teacherswho will be applying assessment skills in daily practice immediately or within a few months of entering their teacher preparation program.&nbsp; </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">For new teachers working in schools where curriculum pacing, benchmark tests, and state-standards exams are emphasized, <I>Assessment Throughout the Year</I> illustrates how to use: </P>  <UL>  <LI>State standards in the formulation of educational objectives and describing instructional targets. </LI>  <LI>State standards assessment data to plan for instruction at the beginning of the school year. </LI>  <LI>Teaching practices where curriculum pacing and benchmark assessments frame the curriculum.</LI>  <LI>Formative assessment to evaluate the effectiveness of standards-based instructional plans.</LI>  <LI>Alternative forms of summative assessment to evaluate student achievement of knowledge and skills described in state curriculum standards.</LI>  <LI>Guidelines for evaluating student work, determining grades, and assigning course marks in standards-based instructional settings.</LI></UL>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Supporting each readers journey are classroom scenarios, learning objectives, graphic organizers, essential assessment vocabulary, and authentic exercises to ensure their success. </P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>04</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px">1.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Introductions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Six New Directions in Teaching, Learning and Assessment</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">An Overview of Assessment Purposes and Methods: Then and Now</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">2.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Introductions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">An Experience in Contemporary Assessment</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Closing the Door on Biased and Oppressive Assessment Practices?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">What Are the Qualities We Seek in Good Assessment Practices?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">How Do We Know If Our Assessments Are Measuring Student Learning Accurately?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Introduction to Reliability</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Increasing Reliability in Classroom Assessments</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">A First Look at Validity</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Validity and State Curriculum Standards</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Enhancing Validity inClassroom Based Tests</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">3.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Learner Objectives</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Introductions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Selecting Educational Goals and Objectives: Then and Now</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">State Curriculum Standards Influence the Selection of Instructional Goals and Objectives</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">How Do Teachers Meet Educational Goals and Objectives</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Teaching to Standards-Based Instructional Objectives</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Instructional Objectives and Classroom Management</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">4.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Learner Objectives</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Introductions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Essential Purposes of Pre-Instructional Assessment</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Pre-Instructional Assessment: Then and Now</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Pre-Instructional Assessment and State Standards Achievement</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">An Introduction to Benchmark Assessment</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Pre-Instructional Assessment for Today&#39;s Diverse Classroom</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">5.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Learner Objectives</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Introductions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Formative Assessment as the Year Begins: Then and Now</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Characteristics of Good Summative Assessment</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Formative Assessment in a Standards-Based Setting</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Formative Assessment Through the Year: Methods and Procedures</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Progress Checking</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Assessing Affective Responses to Instruction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">6.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Learner Objectives</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Introductions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Purpose of Summative Assessment</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Summative Assessment: Then and Now</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Problems with Conventional Testing Practices</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Alternative Forms of Classroom-Based Summative Assessment</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Summative Assessment in Today&#39;s Classroom</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Contemporary Summative Assessment Practices</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">7.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Learner Objectives</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Introductions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Linking Instruction to Assessment</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Blueprints are Tools for Instruction and Assessment</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Blueprints: Then and Now</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">An Overview of Test Item Types</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Test Items Sort into One of Two Categories</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Selected Response Items</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Constructed Response Items</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">8.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Learner Objectives</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Introductions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Essential Concepts for This Chapter</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Administering Assessments</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Scoring Student Responses to Test Items</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Scoring Selected Response Items</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Scoring Constructed Response Items</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Grading the Test</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Grading Student Work in a Standards-Based System</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Improving Instruction Through Analysis of Test Outcomes</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Evaluating Student Performances and Products</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Determining Final Marks for Report Cards</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Reporting Students&#39; Academic Achievement</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<mediafile>
<f114>04</f114>
<f115>03</f115>
<f116>06</f116>
<f117>0135130573.jpg</f117>
</mediafile>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20080514</b003>
<b087>2009</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>ROW</b388>
</salesrights>
<notforsale>
<b090>AF AG AL AN AO AR AT AU BB BE BF BG BH BI BM BN BO BR BS BT BW CF CG CH CI CL CM CN CO CR CS CY CZ DE DK DO DZ EC EG ES ET FI FJ FR GB GH GI GM GN GP GR GT GU GY HK HN HT HU ID IE IL IN IQ IR IS IT JM JO JP KE KP KR KW LA LB LI LR LS LU LY MA MG ML MM MN MQ MR MT MU MV MW MY MZ NE NG NI NL NO NP NZ PA PE PG PH PL PT PY QA RO RU RW SA SB SD SE SG SL SM SN SO SV SY SZ TD TG TH TN TR TT TW TZ UG UY VA VE WS YE ZA</b090>
</notforsale>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>9.14</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>7.5</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>0.56</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>445</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>30</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>k</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>32.00</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135130581</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135130581</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135130582</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135130582</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135130582</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>BC</b012>
<b333>B102</b333>
<series>
<b018>Pathways to Teaching Series</b018>
</series>
<series>
<b018>NCEI Series</b018>
</series>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>Pathways to Teaching Series</b203>
<b029>Practical Strategies for the Inclusive Classroom</b029>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Wood, Judy W.</b037>
<b039>Judy W.</b039>
<b040>Wood</b040>
<b046>Virginia Commonwealth University</b046>
</contributor>
<contributor>
<b034>2</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>National Center for Education Information, NCEI</b037>
<b039>NCEI</b039>
<b040>National Center for Education Information</b040>
</contributor>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>256</b061>
<b064>EDU026000</b064>
<b073>05</b073>
<othertext>
<d102>18</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px">Focusing on quality classroom instruction,<I> Practical Strategies for the Inclusive Classroom</I> presents pre-service teachers, alternate route candidates, and in-service teachers with highly practical research-based practices to promote inclusion in the classroom. With this first book in the <B>Pathways to Teaching Series</B> you will learn to successfully promote learning for <I>all </I>students through a unique two-tiered research-based process that includes: </P>  <UL>  <LI>  <DIV style="MARGIN: 0px">A problem-solving approach to identify if a problem exists or could exist, what hypothesis should be made, and why the problem is occurring.</DIV>  <LI>  <DIV style="MARGIN: 0px">A framework for selecting and employing research-based strategies/interventions for the identified problem. </DIV></LI></UL>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">This text also provides universal interventions that can be used on an on-going basis in your classroom and across all ability and grade levels.&nbsp; </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><U>Features for Your Success</U></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <UL>  <LI>  <DIV style="MARGIN: 0px">A matrix aligning this text with the Interstate New Teacher Assignment and Support Consortium (INTASC) Standards for Beginning Teachers can be found inside the front cover. </DIV>  <LI>  <DIV style="MARGIN: 0px">Each chapter includes: </DIV>  <UL>  <LI>Information on <B>diversity, technology, classroom collaboration</B> and <B>standards-based education</B>.   <LI>A <B>Chapter-at-a Glance</B> illustration and <B>Learner Objectives</B> that outline and organize the chapter material.   <LI>An opening <B>vignette</B> and <B>real life examples</B> throughout encourage you to make connections between the chapter and classroom applications.   <LI>A <B>Summary </B>as well as <B>Resources</B> and<B> Suggested Readings</B> help you reflect on and further explore the chapter content. </LI></UL></LI></UL>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><U>Pathways to Teaching Series </U></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Visit Pearson&rsquo;s online catalog (www.prenhall.com) for a look at additional books in this series covering: </P>  <UL>  <LI>  <DIV style="MARGIN: 0px">Assessment, </DIV>  <LI>  <DIV style="MARGIN: 0px">General methods, </DIV>  <LI>  <DIV style="MARGIN: 0px">English language learners, </DIV>  <LI>  <DIV style="MARGIN: 0px">and Classroom management. </DIV></LI></UL>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>04</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">CHAPTER 1:&nbsp; Setting the Stage:&nbsp; The Big Pictures</P>  <BLOCKQUOTE>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"></B>&nbsp;THE CURRICULUM MAZE</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Two Magic Words</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Expanding the Process</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">ESTABLISHING A COMMON VOCABULARY</P></BLOCKQUOTE><B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">CHAPTER&nbsp;2:&nbsp; The Process:&nbsp; Collaboration and Co-Teaching</P>  <BLOCKQUOTE>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"></B>&nbsp;LEGISLATION AT WORK</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Section 504</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The Education for all Handicapped Children</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;IDEA and NCLB</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">EDUCATORS AND EXPANDING ROLES</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">EFFECTIVE COLLABORATION</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Effective Collaboration Tips for Special Educators, General Educators, and Administrators</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">CO-TEACHING</P></BLOCKQUOTE>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CHAPTER 3:&nbsp; Systematic Assessment for Inclusion:&nbsp; The SAALE Model</B>&nbsp;</P>  <BLOCKQUOTE>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">WHAT RESEARCH HAS TO SAY</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">LOGICAL CONNECTIONS:&nbsp; PUTTING WHAT YOU KNOW INTO THE SAALE MODEL</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Where the SAALE Model Fits into the School Day</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">THE INTERVENTION/TRANSITION CHECKLIST</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">SAALE PROCESS AND UPCOMING CHAPTERS</P></BLOCKQUOTE>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;<B>CHAPTER 4:&nbsp; Adapting the Learning Environment</B></P>  <BLOCKQUOTE>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;SOCIOEMOTIONAL ADAPTATIONS FOR THE CLASSROOM</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">TEACHER ATTITUDES</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The Special Education Teacher&#39;s Role in Preparing the General Education Teacher</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Communication</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">STUDENT ATTITUDES AND SELF-ESTEEM</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Preparing for Inclusion</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">ADAPTING THE BEHAVORIAL ENVIRONMENT</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The Teacher Sets the Tone</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Providing Class Structure</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Managing Students</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">ADAPTING THE PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Grouping for Instruction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Classroom Design</P></BLOCKQUOTE><B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">CHAPTER 5:&nbsp; Adapting Lesson Plans</P>  <BLOCKQUOTE>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"></B>&nbsp;THE PROCESS OF LESSON PLANNING AND STANDARDS</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Standards</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Collaboration in Lesson Planning</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Components of a Lesson Plan</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">LESSON PLANNING AND THE GUIDING PRINCIPLES</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">INTEGRATION OF BEST PRACTICE INTO LESSONS</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">DEVELOPING A STANDARDS-BASED LESSON PLAN</P></BLOCKQUOTE><B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">CHAPTER 6:&nbsp; Adapting Teaching Techniques</P>  <BLOCKQUOTE>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"></B>HOW STUDENTS LEARN</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Learning and Cognitive Styles</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Conditions Affecting Learning Styles</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">ADAPTING TEACHING TECHNIQUES</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Teaching Modes</P></BLOCKQUOTE><B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">CHAPTER 7:&nbsp; Adapting the Format of Content</P>  <BLOCKQUOTE>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"></B>ORGANIZING CONTENT</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Directions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Worksheet Modifications</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The Note-Taking Process</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Study Guides</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;General Study Tips for Secondary Students</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">ADAPTING THE PRESENTATION OF CONTENT</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">ADAPTING ASSIGNMENTS</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Tips for Assignments</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Assignment Assumptions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Types of Assignments</P></BLOCKQUOTE>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CHAPTER 8:&nbsp; Adapting Assessment, Evaulation and Grading</B></P>  <BLOCKQUOTE>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">STANDARDS</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Assessment and Laws</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">TESTING TYPES</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Standards and High Stakes State Tests</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Major District Standardized Tests</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Classroom-Embedded Assessment</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">GRADING STUDENTS IN INCLUSIVE SETTINGS</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">GRADING AND ASSESSMENT</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Alternative Methods of Grading</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Marking or Grading Tests</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Providing Feedback to Students and Parents</P></BLOCKQUOTE><B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">References</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Glossary</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Index</P></B>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<mediafile>
<f114>04</f114>
<f115>03</f115>
<f116>06</f116>
<f117>0135130581.jpg</f117>
</mediafile>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20080226</b003>
<b087>2009</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>WORLD</b388>
</salesrights>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>9.08</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>7.46</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>0.555</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>433</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>32</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>k</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>32.00</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>013513059X</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>013513059X</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135130599</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135130599</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135130599</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>BC</b012>
<b333>B102</b333>
<series>
<b018>Pathways to Teaching Series</b018>
</series>
<series>
<b018>NCEI Series</b018>
</series>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>Pathways to Teaching Series</b203>
<b029>Practical Strategies for Teaching English Language Learners</b029>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Curtin, Ellen</b037>
<b039>Ellen</b039>
<b040>Curtin</b040>
</contributor>
<contributor>
<b034>2</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>National Center for Education Information, NCEI</b037>
<b039>NCEI</b039>
<b040>National Center for Education Information</b040>
</contributor>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>272</b061>
<b064>EDU029000</b064>
<b073>05</b073>
<othertext>
<d102>18</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px">BCC for Curtin, Practical Strategies for Teaching English Language Learners </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>ISBN-10:</B>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;013513059X <B>ISBN-13:</B>&nbsp;9780135130599 </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">This book is for&nbsp;student teachers, experienced teachers new to English Language Learners, beginning alternative route teachers, and &ldquo;career changers&rdquo; who find themselves grappling with how best to teach English Language Learners on-grade level subject content in the regular classroom setting. </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Who is this English Language Learner?&nbsp; How do I communicate with him/her? How do I prepare him/her for state standardized test? How do I teach them advanced reading skills when their vocabulary is so limited?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">These are common concerns voiced by K-12 teachers as they express their inadequacies about teaching English Language Learners in the regular classroom.&nbsp; This text is designed to help answer these questions by providing the necessary information and research-proven teaching strategies that are best for all learners including the English Language Learner.&nbsp; The book addresses the specific role that regular classroom teachers now play in ensuring that English Language Learners are acquiring English through the content subject areas. </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>FEATURES FOR YOUR SUCCESS: </B></P>  <UL>  <LI><B>Classroom Scenarios</B> present readers with authentic voices from the classroom and actual classroom descriptions from practicing teachers representing a variety of cultural groups.&nbsp; The scenarios connect with the content of the chapter and exemplify unique challenges faced by real teachers and students.</LI>  <LI><B>Guiding Discussion Questions</B> follow each classroom scenario and are designed to stimulate group discussion and personal reflection about what goes on in a classroom.</LI>  <LI><B>Author Insight</B> features share tips and suggestions from the author&#39;s own teaching experiences as well as those from other teachers in the field.&nbsp; These tips offer practical suggestions about things to look for, ask, or do.</LI>  <LI><B>What Research Tells Us</B> section provides a clear, concise synopsis of current research in the field providing teachers with the theoretical rationale for the Classroom Application Strategies section that follows.&nbsp; This research, contextualized within the parameters of No Child Left Behind (2001), will help prepare readers for state certification tests.</LI>  <LI><B>Classroom Application Strategies</B> section provides teachers with practical research-based teaching strategies that can be applied in K-12 classrooms.&nbsp; Each strategy or combination of strategies is clearly explained for use in the classroom.&nbsp; While many of these strategies are specific to teaching English Language Learners in the subject content areas, <I>all strategies provided are extremely effective for all K-12 grade learners.</I></LI></UL>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>04</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>BRIEF CONTENTS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">CHAPTER 1 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; JOURNEY OF ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNERS, PAST AND&nbsp;PRESENT</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">CHAPTER 2&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; FOUNDATIONS OF ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNING-&nbsp;THOERY TO PRACTICE</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">CHAPTER 3&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; GETTING TO KNOW THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNER </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">CHAPTER 4&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; PRE-PLANING AND PLANNING INSTRUCTION FOR THE&nbsp; ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNER </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">CHAPTER 5&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; INTERACTIVE TEACHING STRATGIES FOR ENGLISH&nbsp;&nbsp;LANGUAGE LEARNERS </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">CHAPTER 6&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; TEACHING ACADEMIC CONTENT TO ENGLISH LANGUAGE&nbsp;LEARNERS </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">CHAPTER 7&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; TEACHING ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNERS IN THE&nbsp;&nbsp;CONTENT&nbsp;AREAS: LANGUAGE ARTS,&nbsp;&nbsp;SOCIAL STUDIES,&nbsp;&nbsp;MATH AND &nbsp; SCIENCE</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">CHAPTER 8&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; ACTIVELY ASSESSING AND MONITORING ACADEMIC&nbsp;PROGRESS OF ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNERS IN THE GENERAL EDUCATION CLASSROOM</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">CHAPTER 9&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; MOTIVATIONAL AND CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT&nbsp;STRATEGIES FOR ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNERS</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">CHAPTER 10&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; FACILITATING SCHOOL, FAMILY, AND COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT FOR THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNER</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px; LINE-HEIGHT: 200%" soNormal><B>DETAILED CONTENTS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>PREFACE</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CHAPTER 1 JOURNEY OF ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNERS, PAST AND &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; PRESENT</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>INTRODUCTION</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>FOCUS QUESTIONS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CLASSROOM SCENARIO</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Analysis of Scenario</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Guiding Discussion Questions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Author&rsquo;s Insight</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>WHAT RESEARCH TELLS US</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Immigration in the Past-Assimilationist</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Immigration Trends Today-Cultural Pluralism</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Reality of Classrooms Today</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CLASSROOM APPPLICTION STRATEGIES</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Steps for Identification of English Language Learner</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Placement Possibilities for English Language Learner</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">TESOL Compliance</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Commonly Used Terminology</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Identifying Language Levels of Students</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">NO Child Left Behind and the Classroom Teacher</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CHAPTER SUMMARY</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>REFLECTIVE CHAPTER QUESTIONS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>SUGGESTED FIELD-BASED ACTIVITES FOR PRE-SERVICE AND IN-SERVICE TEACHERS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>REFERENCES</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>&nbsp;</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>&nbsp;</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CHAPTER 2&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; FOUNDATIONS OF ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNING-&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; THOERY TO PRACTICE</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>&nbsp;</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>INTRODUCTION</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>FOCUS QUESTIONS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CLASSROOM SCENARIO</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Analysis of scenario</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Guiding Discussion Questions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Author&rsquo;s Insight</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>WHAT RESEARCH TELLS US</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">A Brief Overview of First Language Development from Birth to Eight Years</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The Connection between First Language and Second Language Literacy Development</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Language Differences</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">An Overview of Second Language Development Theory</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Basic Interpersonal Communicative Skills (BICS)</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Cognitive Academic Language Proficiency Skills (CALPS)</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Transitioning from BICS to CALPS</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Cognitive Benefits of Knowing a Second Language</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CLASSROOM APPPLICTION STRATEGIES</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Teacher Support Strategies during Language Development from BICS to CALPS</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Literacy Gaps</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Comprehensible Input</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Communication not Perfection</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">No Teacher Left Behind</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Understanding Linguistic Terms</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CHAPTER SUMMARY</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>REFLECTIVE CHAPTER QUESTIONS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>SUGGESTED FIELD-BASED ACTIVITES FOR PRE-SERVICE AND IN-SERVICE TEACHERS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>REFERENCES</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>&nbsp;</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CHAPTER 3&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; GETTING TO KNOW THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNER</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>INTRODUCTION</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>FOCUS QUESTIONS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CLASSROOM SCENARIO</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Analysis of scenario</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Guiding Discussion Questions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Author&rsquo;s Insight</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>WHAT RESEARCH TELLS US</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">What Teachers and School Need to Understand about English Language Learners</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Emotional/psychological needs.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Cultural needs.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Cognitive needs.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Learning style needs: field dependent and field independent learners.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Linguistic needs.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">What English Language Learners Want Teachers to Know About Themselves: The Students Voice</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CLASSROOM APPPLICTION STRATEGIES</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Caring for the Emotional Needs of English Language Learner</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Teacher Support Strategies for the Ell Student</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Caring for the Cultural Needs of ELL</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Greeting conventions and introductions.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Physical gestures.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Tending to Cognitive and Learning Style Needs of the English Language Learner</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Learning style preference.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Getting to Know the English Language Learner during the Silent Period</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Important Teacher Tips for the First Day and the First Week of School</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Surviving the silent phase.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">How English Language Learners want Teachers to Teach: What Students tell us</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>&nbsp;</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CHAPTER SUMMARY</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>REFLECTIVE CHAPTER QUESTIONS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>SUGGESTED FIELD-BASED ACTIVITES FOR PRE-SERVICE AND IN-SERVICE TEACHERS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>REFERENCES</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>&nbsp;</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CHAPTER 4&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; PRE-PLANING AND PLANNING INSTRUCTION FOR THE &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNER </B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>INTRODUCTION</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>FOCUS QUESTIONS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CLASSROOM SCENARIO</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Analysis of scenario</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Guiding Discussion Questions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Author&rsquo;s Insight</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>WHAT RESEARCH TELLS US</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Plan for Teaching English to English Language Learners within Subject Content Areas</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Plan to use research-based strategies.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Specially Designed Academic Instruction in English (SDAIE).</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>SIOP Model.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Plan lessons that are student centered.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">What to Teach</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">How to Teach</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CLASSROOM APPPLICTION STRATEGIES</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Pre-planning</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Where to find inexpensive ideas and materials.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Connecting to Multiple Modalities and Learning Styles of Students</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Writing Lesson plans</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Making Content comprehensible for English Language Learners</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Planning for Active Learning</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Evaluating the Planning Process</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Teacher Self-Management</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CHAPTER SUMMARY</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>REFLECTIVE CHAPTER QUESTIONS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>SUGGESTED FIELD-BASED ACTIVITES FOR PRE-SERVICE AND IN-SERVICE TEACHERS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>REFERENCES</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>&nbsp;</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CHAPTER 5&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; INTERACTIVE TEACHING STRATGIES FOR ENGLISH &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; LANGUAGE LEARNERS </B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>INTRODUCTION</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>FOCUS QUESTIONS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CLASSROOM SCENARIO</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Analysis of scenario</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Guiding Discussion Questions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Author&rsquo;s Insight</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>WHAT RESEARCH TELLS US</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Interactive Teaching</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Matching Teaching Style to Learning Style of Students</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CLASSROOM APPPLICTION STRATEGIES</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Cooperative Learning</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Benefits of Cooperative Learning for the English Language Learner</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Organizing groups.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Teaching components of cooperative learning.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; brainstorming.</I></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; think-pair-share.</I></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; numbered heads.</I></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; round robin.</I></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; jigsaw.</I></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; numbered wheel.</I></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; response board.</I></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Cooperative Learning and Assessment for English Language Learner</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Hands-on-teaching Strategies</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Learning Centers</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Configuration of Classroom for Learning Centers</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Tips for Elementary Teachers</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Tips for Middle School and High School Teachers</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CHAPTER SUMMARY</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>REFLECTIVE CHAPTER QUESTIONS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>SUGGESTED FIELD-BASED ACTIVITES FOR PRE-SERVICE AND IN-SERVICE TEACHERS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>REFERENCES</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>&nbsp;</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>&nbsp;</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CHAPTER 6&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; TEACHING ACADEMIC CONTENT TO ENGLISH LANGUAGE &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; LEARNERS </B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>INTRODUCTION</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>FOCUS QUESTIONS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CLASSROOM SCENARIO</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Analysis of scenario</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Guiding Discussion Questions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Author&rsquo;s Insight</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>WHAT RESEARCH TELLS US</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">What is Academic Content?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Why Teach English Through Content?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">How to Teach Academic Content to English Language Learners?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CLASSROOM APPPLICTION STRATEGIES</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Developing Academic Language; Formal and Informal Speech Registers</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Implementing Sheltered Instruction/ Specially Designed Academic Instruction in English (SDAIE)</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Sheltered Instructional Teaching Strategies</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Modifying tests.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Lightening the linguistic load.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Total Physical Response.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Teacher Scaffolding Techniques.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Using Themes to Organize Instruction.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Student Self-Study and Cognitive Academic Language Learning Approach (CALLA).</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Teaching Metacognitive Strategies</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Teaching Cognitive Strategies</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>SQRP2RS.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>GIST (Generating Interaction between Schemata &amp; Text).</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Rehearsal strategies.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Graphic Organizers.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Semantic Feature Analysis.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Rehearsing.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>KWL.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>See-through Study Sheets.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Paragraph Study Sheet.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>List &amp; Leave.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Social Affective Strategies</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Differentiated Instruction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Visual learners.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Auditory learners.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Kinesthetic learners.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CHAPTER SUMMARY</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>REFLECTIVE CHAPTER QUESTIONS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>SUGGESTED FIELD-BASED ACTIVITES FOR PRE-SERVICE AND IN-SERVICE TEACHERS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>REFERENCES</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>&nbsp;</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CHAPTER 7&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; TEACHING ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNERS IN THE &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; CONTENT &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; AREAS: LANGUAGE ARTS, SOCIAL &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; STUDIES, MATH AND SCIENCE</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>INTRODUCTION</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>FOCUS QUESTIONS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CLASSROOM SCENARIO</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Analysis of scenario</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Guiding Discussion Questions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Author&rsquo;s Insight</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>WHAT RESEARCH TELLS US</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">It is now Federal Law</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Researchers Prove how English is best taught</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Teaching English Language Learners is now the Responsibility of all Teachers and not just ESL Teachers</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">What are Content Areas?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">National Standards</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">State Standards</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Caution about Content for English Language Learners: Academic Gaps</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CLASSROOM APPPLICTION STRATEGIES</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">General Reading Strategies to use with English Language Learners</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Literacy Development in Primary School; Emergent and Beginning Readers</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Literacy Development in Secondary School: Intermediate, Fluent, and Advanced Readers</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Teaching Survey, Question, Read, Recite, and Review (SQ3R).</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Teaching Comprehension Skills.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Teaching Strategies to Develop Reading and Fluency.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Generating Interaction between Schemata and Text (GIST).</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Strategies for Vocabulary Development.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Textbook Strategies.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Developing Writing Strategies for English Language Learners</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Spelling Development</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Teaching Academic Content at varying oral Language Proficiency Levels</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">General Tips </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>When students have difficulty reading text books.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>When students have difficulty reading worksheets &amp; tests.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>When students have difficulty writing.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>When students have difficulty spelling.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Teaching Social Studies to English Language Learners</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Teacher Support Strategies for Teaching Social Studies</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Reading large amounts of text.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Providing examples.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Culturally validating.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Staying current and up-to-date.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Teaching Math to English Language Learners</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Teaching Math Vocabulary to English Language Learners</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Additional Support Strategies for the Teaching of Mathematics</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Teaching Science to English Language Learners</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CHAPTER SUMMARY</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>REFLECTIVE CHAPTER QUESTIONS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>SUGGESTED FIELD-BASED ACTIVITES FOR PRE-SERVICE AND IN-SERVICE TEACHERS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>ADDITIONAL RESOURCES</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>REFERENCES</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>&nbsp;</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CHAPTER 8&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; ACTIVELY ASSESSING AND MONITORING ACADEMIC &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; PROGRESS OF ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNERS IN THE &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; GENERAL EDUCATION CLASSROOM</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>INTRODUCTION</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>FOCUS QUESTIONS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CLASSROOM SCENARIO</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Analysis of scenario</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Guiding Discussion Questions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Author&rsquo;s Insight</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>WHAT RESEARCH TELLS US</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">What is Assessment?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Purpose of Assessment</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">High Stakes Testing &amp; Accountability</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Case against Standardized Testing</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Case for Standardized Testing</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Identification and Placement of English Language Learner</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Preparing English Language Learners for State Standardized Tests</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CLASSROOM APPPLICTION STRATEGIES</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Multidimensional Assessment Options for use in K-12 Classroom</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Norm-Referenced assessments-Externally Produced Tests</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Criterion-Referenced Assessments-Externally Produced Tests</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Assessing Student Knowledge Prior to Testing</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Other Assessment option-Teacher Produced Tests</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Text and curriculum embedded questions &amp; tests.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Oral tests.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Performance assessment.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Portfolios.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Rubrics.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; -creating a rubric.</I></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Paper and Pencil Tests.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; True-false</I></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; matching items.</I></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; multiple choice.</I></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; completion items.</I></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; essay.</I></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; short answer test.</I></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Tips for writing Tests for improved readability and comprehension</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Assessment options for English Language Learners</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Choice in Assessment</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Involving Parents</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Overcoming Test Anxiety</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Teaching to the Test</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Grading and the English Language Learner</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Preparing for High Stakes Testing</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Supporting and motivating student for testing.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Test taking modifications.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Teaching students test taking strategies.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Administering modified tests.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Summary of Best Assessment Strategies for English Language Learners</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CHAPTER SUMMARY</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>REFLECTIVE CHAPTER QUESTIONS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>SUGGESTED FIELD-BASED ACTIVITES FOR PRE-SERVICE AND IN-SERVICE TEACHERS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>REFERENCES</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>&nbsp;</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CHAPTER 9&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; MOTIVATIONAL AND CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; STRATEGIES FOR ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNERS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>&nbsp;</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>INTRODUCTION</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>FOCUS QUESTIONS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CLASSROOM SCENARIO</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Analysis of scenario</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Guiding Discussion Questions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Author&rsquo;s Insight</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>WHAT RESEARCH TELLS US</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Motivation and Learning</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Self-fulfilling Prophecy</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Classroom Management</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CLASSROOM APPPLICTION STRATEGIES</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Overview of discipline management Models and Practical Classroom Application</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Behavior Modification (B. F. Skinner, 1971).</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Assertive Discipline (Lee Canter, 1993).</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Reality Therapy/Choice Theory (Glasser, 2001).</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Positive Discipline (Fred Jones, 1982).</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Congruent Communication (Ginott, 1972).</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Positive Discipline (Nelsen, Lott, &amp; Glenn, 2000).</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Sage Advice for Teachers and Parents</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Which Model to Choose?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Creating a Classroom Management Plan</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Choosing a Discipline Plan: Importance of Knowing your Student</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Author&rsquo;s Insight: Defining Limits in the Classroom and other General Tips and Guidelines</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Steps in Negotiating a Behavioral Contract with Students</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>&nbsp;</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CHAPTER SUMMARY</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>REFLECTIVE CHAPTER QUESTIONS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>SUGGESTED FIELD-BASED ACTIVITES FOR PRE-SERVICE AND IN-SERVICE TEACHERS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>ADDITIONAL RESOURCES</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>REFERENCES</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>&nbsp;</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CHAPTER 10&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; FACILITATING SCHOOL, FAMILY, AND COMMUNITY &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; INVOLVEMENT FOR THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNER</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>INTRODUCTION</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>FOCUS QUESTIONS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CLASSROOM SCENARIO</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Analysis of scenario</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Guiding Discussion Questions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Author&rsquo;s Insight</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>WHAT RESEARCH TELLS US</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The importance of Family for language and literacy development</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The Cultural and Diverse Learning Needs of Students</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Attitude of Teacher towards the Home Environment of Student</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Hone Visits</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Cultural Mismatch between Home and School</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Accommodating Parenting Styles</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Practices that Promote Home-School Connections</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CLASSROOM APPPLICTION STRATEGIES</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Strategies to Enhance Communication within School</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The Role of the Principal</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Placement of programs within schools.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Qualified staff.</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Strategies to Enhance communication in the Classroom</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Understanding Parent Perspectives</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Planning Parent Night/Open House</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Communicating with Home</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Strategies for enhancing community Relations</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Continuing Parent Education</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Developing a School and Parent Partnership</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Tips for Conducting Parent-teacher Conferences</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Conducting a Language Proficiency Assessment Committee (LPAC) Meeting</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Final tips for Positive Teacher-Parent Communications</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>CHAPTER SUMMARY</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>REFLECTIVE CHAPTER QUESTIONS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>SUGGESTED FIELD-BASED ACTIVITES FOR PRE-SERVICE AND IN-SERVICE TEACHERS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>REFERENCES</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<mediafile>
<f114>04</f114>
<f115>03</f115>
<f116>06</f116>
<f117>013513059X.jpg</f117>
</mediafile>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20080422</b003>
<b087>2009</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>ROW</b388>
</salesrights>
<notforsale>
<b090>AF AG AL AN AO AR AT AU BB BE BF BG BH BI BM BN BO BR BS BT BW CF CG CH CI CL CM CN CO CR CS CY CZ DE DK DO DZ EC EG ES ET FI FJ FR GB GH GI GM GN GP GR GT GU GY HK HN HT HU ID IE IL IN IQ IR IS IT JM JO JP KE KP KR KW LA LB LI LR LS LU LY MA MG ML MM MN MQ MR MT MU MV MW MY MZ NE NG NI NL NO NP NZ PA PE PG PH PL PT PY QA RO RU RW SA SB SD SE SG SL SM SN SO SV SY SZ TD TG TH TN TR TT TW TZ UG UY VA VE WS YE ZA</b090>
</notforsale>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>9.1</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>7.42</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>0.58</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>465</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>30</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>k</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>32.00</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135130611</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135130611</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135130612</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135130612</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135130612</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>BC</b012>
<b333>B102</b333>
<series>
<b018>Pathways to Teaching Series</b018>
</series>
<series>
<b018>NCEI Series</b018>
</series>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>Pathways to Teaching Series</b203>
<b029>Teaching Methods</b029>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Danielson, Charlotte</b037>
<b039>Charlotte</b039>
<b040>Danielson</b040>
</contributor>
<contributor>
<b034>2</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>National Center for Education Information, NCEI</b037>
<b039>NCEI</b039>
<b040>National Center for Education Information</b040>
</contributor>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>192</b061>
<b064>EDU029000</b064>
<b073>05</b073>
<othertext>
<d102>13</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px; mso-pagination: none; mso-layout-grid-align: none" soNormal><B>Charlotte Danielson</B> has taught at all levels, from kindergarten through college, and has worked as an administrator, a curriculum director, and a staff developer. In her consulting work, Danielson specializes in teacher quality and evaluation, curriculum planning, performance assessment, and professional development. She is the author of <I>Enhancing Professional Practice</I> (2007), <I>Teaching for Understanding</I> (1996), <I>Teacher Evaluation to Enhance Professional Practice</I> (2000), <I>Enhancing Student Achievement</I> (2002), and <I>Strengthening the Profession Through Teacher Leadership</I> (2006), all published by ASCD. &nbsp;In addition, she has written several <I>Collections of Performance Tasks and Rubrics</I>, published by Eye on Education. </P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>18</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px">Teaching is extraordinarily important, complex, and demanding work, and a teacher&rsquo;s workday consists of making hundreds of decisions that promote high-level student learning. The work is and should be daunting. Grounded and concise, <I>Teaching Methods</I> provides readers with theory-based practices that will illuminate the art and craft of teaching. </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Through specific examples and sound theories that help teachers build successful classrooms, <I>Teaching Methods </I>presents instruction as a complex profession requiring high-level cogitative work from each teacher. The book successfully synthesizes theories, observations, and research into practical guidelines for instructional planning focused on the emerging needs of the 21st Century.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <B>Relevant research findings</B> are presented in clear, non-technical language and highlight <B>practical implications</B> that can be put into practice immediately. </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <B>Specific instructional examples</B> provide concrete illustrations of each principle described the book.&nbsp; </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The appendix offers expanded <B>instructional units</B> to further apply chapter content and inform future practice. &nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>04</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Ch1. What we know about content</P>  <UL>  <LI>  <DIV style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;The imperative for high-level learning</DIV>  <LI>  <DIV style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;Different types of content</DIV></LI></UL>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Ch2. What we know about assessment</P>  <UL>  <LI>  <DIV style="MARGIN: 0px">Different types of assessment</DIV>  <LI>  <DIV style="MARGIN: 0px">Matching assessment to learning outcomes</DIV></LI></UL>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Ch3. What we know about student learning</P>  <UL>  <LI>  <DIV style="MARGIN: 0px">Cognitive factors</DIV>  <LI>  <DIV style="MARGIN: 0px">Affective factors</DIV>  <LI>  <DIV style="MARGIN: 0px">Developmental factors</DIV>  <LI>  <DIV style="MARGIN: 0px">Personal and social factors</DIV>  <LI>  <DIV style="MARGIN: 0px">Individual differences</DIV></LI></UL>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Ch4. What we know about motivation</P>  <UL>  <LI>  <DIV style="MARGIN: 0px">Extrinsic and intrinsic motivation</DIV>  <LI>  <DIV style="MARGIN: 0px">Contributors to intrinsic motivation</DIV></LI></UL>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;Ch5. Knowing our own students</P>  <UL>  <LI>Home situation   <LI>Cultural environment   <LI>Level of cognitive development   <LI>Skills and knowledge   <LI>Interests and experiences   <LI>Attitudes towards school</LI></UL>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Ch6. Establishing learning outcomes</P>  <UL>  <LI>Terminology   <LI>Level of detail   <LI>Sources of learning outcomes   <LI>Coordination and integration</LI></UL>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;Ch7. Assessing student learning</P>  <UL>  <LI>Summative assessments   <LI>Designing scoring guides and rubrics   <LI>Evaluating student work   <LI>Formative assessment</LI></UL>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Ch8. Designing learning experiences</P>  <UL>  <LI>Characteristics</LI></UL>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Ch9. A safe and challenging environment </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Ch10. Management matters</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Ch11. Grading student performance</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Ch12. Participating in a professional community</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">CH13. Moving towards leadership</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Appendix: Instructional Examples</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Additional Resources</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<mediafile>
<f114>04</f114>
<f115>03</f115>
<f116>06</f116>
<f117>0135130611.jpg</f117>
</mediafile>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20090114</b003>
<b087>2010</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>WORLD</b388>
</salesrights>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>9.2</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>7.48</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>0.35</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>286</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>34</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>k</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>32.00</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135130638</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135130638</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135130636</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135130636</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135130636</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>BC</b012>
<b333>B102</b333>
<series>
<b018>MyEducationLab Series</b018>
</series>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>Integrating Educational Technology into Teaching</b203>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Roblyer, M. D.</b037>
<b039>M. D.</b039>
<b040>Roblyer</b040>
<b046>University of Tennessee at Chattanooga</b046>
</contributor>
<contributor>
<b034>2</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Doering, Aaron H</b037>
<b039>Aaron H</b039>
<b040>Doering</b040>
<b046>University of Minnesota</b046>
</contributor>
<b057>5</b057>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>480</b061>
<b064>EDU039000</b064>
<b073>05</b073>
<othertext>
<d102>18</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px">This new fifth edition of <I>Integrating Educational Technology into Teaching</I>, by M.D. Roblyer and Aaron H. Doering,&nbsp;builds&nbsp;upon the&nbsp;success of the unique aspects and approach of previous editions.&nbsp;Beginning with Chapter 2, every chapter&nbsp;reinforces the authors&#39; five-step <B>Technology Integration Planning Model (TIP Model)</B> through a series of features and activities:</P>  <UL>  <LI>Technology Integration Examples and Making the Case boxes introduce teachers to the model.</LI>  <LI>Technology Integration Lessons and Adapting for Special Needs boxes help teachers plan for effective technology integration.</LI>  <LI>End-of-chapter Technology Integration Workshops provide hands-on practice with technology tools, developmentally appropriate classroom-based scenarios (The TIP Model in Action), and MyEducationLab website activities that help teachers visualize and apply what they have learned. </LI></UL>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The only book on&nbsp;the market to offer specific content area chapters, the fifth edition introduces the&nbsp;<B>Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge (TPACK) framework</B> in Chapter 2 and incorporates it&nbsp;within these content-specific chapters to encourage teachers to reflect on the three domains to develop the knowledge and skills to overcome roadblocks to integration. </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">New to This Edition</P>  <UL>  <LI>  <DIV style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>The new ISTE National Educational Technology Standards for Students (NETS-S) and Teachers (NETS-T) </B>and Essential Conditions are discussed in Chapters 1&mdash;3 and correlated throughout the text. </DIV></LI>  <LI>  <DIV style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge (TPACK) framework</B> appears in Chapter 2 and is discussed in every chapter in Part IV.</DIV></LI>  <LI>  <DIV style="MARGIN: 0px">Heavily revised Chapter 8 provides a <B>greater focus on distance education</B> by exploring what it means to be an online teacher and how to prepare for teaching online, and draws a comparison with face-to-face teaching.</DIV></LI>  <LI>  <DIV style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Web 2.0 technologies and strategies </B>are discussed and incorporated into every chapter.&nbsp; </DIV></LI>  <LI>  <DIV style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Revised &amp; Updated! Technology Integration Lesson</B> <B>Planning </B>features in every chapter are correlated with the new NETS-S<B>.</B> </DIV></LI>  <LI>  <DIV style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>MyEducationLab annotations </B>in every chapter integrate web-based assignable activities and resources with chapter content including video-based assignments, classroom artifacts,&nbsp;sample lesson plans, rubrics and checklists, tutorials, and web activities.&nbsp; To provide the MyEducationLab Student Access Code with the text for your students please use ISBN 0-13-610137-2 when placing your book order. </DIV></LI></UL>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>04</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<B>Part 1: Introduction and Background on Integrating Technology in Education </B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">1 &mdash; Educational Technology in Context: The Big Picture </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">2 &mdash; Foundations of Effective Technology Integration Models: Theory and Practice</P><B>Part 2: Integrating Software Tutors and Tools into Teaching and Learning</B>   <P style="MARGIN: 0px">3 &mdash; Teaching with Instructional Software</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">4 &mdash; Teaching with the Basic Software Tools: Word Processing, Spreadsheet, and Database Programs</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">5 &mdash; Teaching with Software Tools: Beyond the Basic Programs</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">6 &mdash; Teaching with Multimedia and Hypermedia Tools</P><B>Part 3: Linking to Learn: Principles and Strategies</B>   <P style="MARGIN: 0px">7 &mdash; Introducing the Internet and Other Distance Learning Tools</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">8 &mdash; Integrating the Internet into the Curriculum </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Part 4: Integrating Technology Across the Curriculum</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">9 &mdash; Technology in English and Language Arts Instruction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">10 &mdash; Technology in English Language Learning and Foreign Language Instruction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">11 &mdash; Technology in Mathematics and Science Instruction </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">12 &mdash; Technology in Social Studies Instruction </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">13 &mdash; Technology in Music and Art Instruction </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">14 &mdash; Technology in Physical Education and Health Education</P>15 &mdash; Technology in Special Education]]></d104>
</othertext>
<mediafile>
<f114>04</f114>
<f115>03</f115>
<f116>06</f116>
<f117>0135130638.jpg</f117>
</mediafile>
<imprint>
<b079>Allyn &amp; Bacon</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20090311</b003>
<b087>2010</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>ROW</b388>
</salesrights>
<notforsale>
<b090>AF AG AL AN AO AR AT AU BB BE BF BG BH BI BM BN BO BR BS BT BW CF CG CH CI CL CM CN CO CR CS CY CZ DE DK DO DZ EC EG ES ET FI FJ FR GB GH GI GM GN GP GR GT GU GY HK HN HT HU ID IE IL IN IQ IR IS IT JM JO JP KE KP KR KW LA LB LI LR LS LU LY MA MG ML MM MN MQ MR MT MU MV MW MY MZ NE NG NI NL NO NP NZ PA PE PG PH PL PT PY QA RO RU RW SA SB SD SE SG SL SM SN SO SV SY SZ TD TG TH TN TR TT TW TZ UG UY VA VE WS YE ZA</b090>
</notforsale>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>10.8</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>8.5</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>0.8</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>1002</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<relatedproduct>
<h208>03</h208>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0131195727</b244>
</productidentifier>
</relatedproduct>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>14</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>k</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>111.40</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135130700</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135130700</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135130704</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135130704</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135130704</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>BB</b012>
<n338/>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>Fire Department Hydraulics</b203>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Mahoney, Eugene</b037>
<b039>Eugene</b039>
<b040>Mahoney</b040>
</contributor>
<contributor>
<b034>2</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Hannig, Brent E.</b037>
<b039>Brent E.</b039>
<b040>Hannig</b040>
</contributor>
<b057>2</b057>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>504</b061>
<b064>TEC045000</b064>
<b073>05</b073>
<othertext>
<d102>13</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px">Battalion Chief Gene Mahoney (retired) from Los Angeles Fie Department, and later Fire Chief for Garden Grove (CA).&nbsp; Chief Mahoney held the position of Safety Director and then Assistant City Manager for Public Safety.&nbsp; Gene Mahoney was a primary crator of the Fire Science Curriculum at Harbor College and served there as a part-tine instructor for 12 years.&nbsp; Chief Mahoney holds a B.S. degree in Public Administration from the University of Southern California and his Master&#39;s Degree in Education also from USC.&nbsp; Chief Mahoney is the author of numerous articles and textbooks in the field of fire science.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Brent Hannig is currently a Captain in the Henderson (NV) Fire Department.&nbsp; Brent has served as a firefighter, engineer and direver/operator as well as a member of the Technical Rescue team.&nbsp; Brent is a part-time instructor at the College of Southern Nevada.</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>18</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[Fire Department Hydraulics, Second edition, offers imformation that is essential to understanding the application of fire department hydraulic principles.&nbsp; Whether you&#39;re interested in the engineering aspects of fire protection or in producing adequate hose streams on the fire ground, this ttext offers abundant information through the use of examples, illustrations, photos, and step-by-step procedures.&nbsp; Having served in various aspects of the fire servie the authors bring more than 50 years of combined experience to give us a tet that can be used in a formalized classroom or for self-study, as well as providing a comprehensive foundation to the professional qualifications needet to meet the NFPA 1002 guidelines.]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>04</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px">Introduction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">About the Authors</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Acknowledgements</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 1: A Review of Basic Math</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 2: Principles of Fire Department Hydraulics</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 3: Water Tanks and Hose Capacity</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 4: Water Supply and Testing Procedures</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 5: Fire Streams</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 6: Discharge</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 7: Friction Law Principles and Application</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 8: Required Pump Discharge Pressure</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 9: Unusual and Complex Problems</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 10: Pumps, Pump Accessories and Drafting Operations</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 11: Relay Operations</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 12: Fire Ground Hydraulics</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Glossary</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Abbreviations</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Summary of Chapter Formulas</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Square Roots Table</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Answers to Review Questions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Index</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<mediafile>
<f114>04</f114>
<f115>03</f115>
<f116>06</f116>
<f117>0135130700.jpg</f117>
</mediafile>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20080226</b003>
<b087>2009</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>WORLD</b388>
</salesrights>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>10</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>8.2</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>1.295</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>1175</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<relatedproduct>
<h208>03</h208>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0131113097</b244>
</productidentifier>
</relatedproduct>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>14</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>a</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>66.80</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135130883</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135130883</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135130889</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>04</b221>
<b244>076092043935</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135130889</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135130889</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>BC</b012>
<b333>B102</b333>
<n338/>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>Engaging English Learners</b203>
<b029>Exploring Literature, Developing Literacy and Differentiating Instruction</b029>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Cox, Carole</b037>
<b039>Carole</b039>
<b040>Cox</b040>
<b046>California State University, Long Beach</b046>
</contributor>
<contributor>
<b034>2</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Boyd-Batstone, Paul S.</b037>
<b039>Paul S.</b039>
<b040>Boyd-Batstone</b040>
<b046>California State University, Long Beach</b046>
</contributor>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>224</b061>
<b064>EDU029020</b064>
<b073>05</b073>
<othertext>
<d102>13</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Paul Boyd-Batstone, Ph.D</B>., is an Associate Professor of Language and Literacy at California State University, Long Beach in the Department of Teacher Education. He taught for over 15 years as a Spanish/English bilingual teacher in elementary settings and initiated one of the first Cambodian, Khmer-speaking bilingual programs in the country. He has published numerous articles and texts, including <I>Engaging English Learners: Exploring Literature, Developing Literacy and Differentiating Instruction</I> with Carole Cox.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Carole Cox, Ph.D.,</B> teaches at California State University, Long Beach where she was named the Outstanding Professor in 2001. She taught elementary school in Los Angeles and Madison, Wisconsin. Students she taught in 3rd-5th grades in the 1960&#39;s and 70&#39;s and others who participated in a Shakespeare for Children summer program she created in Madison held a reunion for her in 2005 and the Mayor of Madison declared July 2, 2005 Carole Cox Day. Her publications include a textbook <I>Teaching language arts: A student-centered classroom,</I> 6th ed. (Pearson Teacher Education and Development, 2008), and a new book with co-presenter Paul Boyd-Batstone, <I>Engaging English learners: Exploring literature, developing</I> <I>literacy, and differnetiating instsruction</I> (Pearson Teacher Education and Development , 2009), among others. Her research has focused on children&#39;s stance towards literature from a reader-response perspective.</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>01</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>&nbsp; </B>This book illustrates how student-centered instruction using literature, can differentiate instruction for English learners, and engage them in purposeful reading and writing.&nbsp; </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B></B>&nbsp; The authors highlight the use of reader-response theory in classrooms and uncover how it can affect literacy learning and second language acquisition.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B></B>&nbsp; Written for Teachers of English Learners.</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>04</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 1&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Teaching with Literature in a Classroom of English Learners</P>  <BLOCKQUOTE>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"></B>Se&ntilde;or B.B.&#39;s Third-Grade Class of English Learners</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">A First Conversation Between Carole and Paul</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">A Change in Thinking About Teaching with Literature</P></BLOCKQUOTE><B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 2&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Reader-Response and Learning English as a Second Language</P>  <BLOCKQUOTE>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"></B>Reader-Response Theory</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Theories of Learning English as a Second Language</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Mapping the Crossroads of Reader-Response and Learning English as a Second Language</P></BLOCKQUOTE><B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 3&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Bridging Theory and Research Into Practice</P>  <BLOCKQUOTE>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"></B>The Reader and the Text When Teaching with Literature</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Engaging English Learners</P></BLOCKQUOTE><B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 4&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Components of Literature Circles with English Learners</P>  <BLOCKQUOTE>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"></B>Knowing the English Learner for Differentiating Instruction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Literature Circles with English Learners</P></BLOCKQUOTE><B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 5&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Engaging English Learners with Literature Circles in the Classroom</P>  <BLOCKQUOTE>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"></B>A Morning in Paul&#39;s Classroom</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Exploring Literature, Developing Literacy, and Differentiating with Jackie</P></BLOCKQUOTE><B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Compendium of Case Studies</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"></B>&nbsp;</P><B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 6&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Case Study of Juan: The Beginning English Learner</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 7&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Case Study of Ann:&nbsp;The Native English Speaker</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 8&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Case Study of Eduardo: The Intermediate/Advanced English Learner</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"></B>&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<mediafile>
<f114>04</f114>
<f115>03</f115>
<f116>06</f116>
<f117>0135130883.jpg</f117>
</mediafile>
<imprint>
<b079>Allyn &amp; Bacon</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20080625</b003>
<b087>2009</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>WORLD</b388>
</salesrights>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>9.2</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>7.5</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>0.465</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>381</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>36</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>y</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>27.99</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135131138</a001>
<a002>02</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135131138</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135131138</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135131138</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135131138</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>BC</b012>
<b333>B102</b333>
<n338/>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>Differentiated Literacy and Language Arts Strategies for the Elementary Classroom</b203>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Hipsky, Shellie</b037>
<b039>Shellie</b039>
<b040>Hipsky</b040>
</contributor>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>192</b061>
<b064>EDU026000</b064>
<b073>05</b073>
<othertext>
<d102>13</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px; mso-layout-grid-align: none" soNormal>Dr. Shellie Hipsky taught special and general education from the kindergarten to doctoral level.&nbsp; She wrote ProActive Publications&rsquo; (2005) The Drama Discovery Curriculum and Lincoln Interactive&rsquo;s (2006) The Arts Alive Textbook.&nbsp; Currently, Hipsky is an Educational Consultant at the University of Pittsburgh and an Assistant Professor at Robert Morris University.</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>01</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Key Benefit</B>: Provides specific &ldquo;how-to&rdquo; techniques to equip pre-service teachers with the tools they need to differentiate instruction for all students: general education, gifted and talented, challenged, or English Language Learners (ELL). &nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Key Topics:</B> Includes authentic examples from elementary teachers and their real classrooms; advice for implementing strategies in literacy-based classrooms; creative ways to create effective learning environments; appropriate instructional techniques based on students&rsquo; abilities, learning profiles, and interests; and strategies to differentiate in the reading areas of emerging literacy skills, vocabulary, comprehension, fluency, writing, speaking, listening, and content area reading. The exceptionalities that are covered in the text include Learning Disabilities, Speech and Language Disorders, AD/HD, Emotional/Behavioral Disorders, Autism Spectrum Disorders, Developmental Disabilities, Physical and Severe/Multiple Disabilities, Visual and Hearing Impairments, Accelerated and Gifted students. Unique to this text is the inclusion of a journal kept by an elementary teacher, whose classroom is visited in the text, demonstrating a year&rsquo;s worth of successful implementation of differentiation assessment and instruction. </P><B>Market: </B>Written for the pre-service or practicing teacher, the book offers ample strategies to positively impact today&rsquo;s diverse classroom environment.&nbsp;]]></d104>
</othertext>
<mediafile>
<f114>04</f114>
<f115>03</f115>
<f116>06</f116>
<f117>0135131138.jpg</f117>
</mediafile>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>02</b394>
<b003>20100105</b003>
<b087>2011</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>WORLD</b388>
</salesrights>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>NP</j141>
<j396>10</j396>
<j142>20100105</j142>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>k</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>28.00</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135131510</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135131510</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135131510</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135131510</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135131510</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>BC</b012>
<b333>B102</b333>
<n338/>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>Working Papers</b203>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Simcoe, Annell Lacy</b037>
<b039>Annell Lacy</b039>
<b040>Simcoe</b040>
<b046>Rutgers University</b046>
</contributor>
<b057>2</b057>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>216</b061>
<b073>05</b073>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>19910506</b003>
<b087>1991</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>WORLD</b388>
</salesrights>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>11.25</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>8.5</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>0.5</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>535</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<relatedproduct>
<h208>08</h208>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135144981</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135144985</b244>
</productidentifier>
</relatedproduct>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>MD</j141>
<j396>23</j396>
<j145>32</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>k</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>32.60</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135131596</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135131596</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135131596</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135131596</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135131596</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>BC</b012>
<b333>B102</b333>
<n338/>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>Assessing Students with Special Needs to Produce Quality Outcomes</b203>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Layton, Carol A.</b037>
<b039>Carol A.</b039>
<b040>Layton</b040>
<b046>Texas Tech University</b046>
</contributor>
<contributor>
<b034>2</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Lock, Robin Hartman</b037>
<b039>Robin Hartman</b039>
<b040>Lock</b040>
<b046>Texas Tech University</b046>
</contributor>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>272</b061>
<b064>EDU026000</b064>
<b073>05</b073>
<othertext>
<d102>01</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<I>Assessing Students with Special Needs to Produce Quality Outcomes </I>promotes outcome-based evaluation to guide the Multidisciplinary Team&nbsp;(MDT) in selecting appropriate Individualized Education Program (IEP) goals, classroom modifications and accommodations, as well as optimal instructional strategies.&nbsp; It advances the development of assessment-based IEPs to enable the MDT to pinpoint and address specific needs to improve student outcomes.&nbsp; Obtaining data from a variety of perspectives and settings improves the opportunity for identifying overall competencies and needs in preparation for higher functioning in all settings.&nbsp; <I>Assessing Students with Special Needs to Produce Quality Outcomes </I>presents an integrated look at a variety of assessment methods in an easy to read book.]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>04</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 1: Authentic Assessment and the IEP Connection</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 2: Curriculum-Based Assessment</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 3: Curriculum-Based Measurement</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 4: Behavioral Observations</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 5: Portfolios</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 6: Interviews and Questionnaires</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 7: Checklists and Rating Scales</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 8: Environmental Assessments</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 9: Communication Notebooks and Journals</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 10: Writing Authentic Assessment Reports</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<mediafile>
<f114>04</f114>
<f115>03</f115>
<f116>06</f116>
<f117>0135131596.jpg</f117>
</mediafile>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20070808</b003>
<b087>2008</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>WORLD</b388>
</salesrights>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>9.12</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>7.44</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>0.53</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>433</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>32</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>k</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>41.33</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135131804</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135131804</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135131800</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135131800</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135131800</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>WW</b012>
<n338/>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>Ramona's Adventure (Modern Dramas 4)</b203>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Neblett, Elizabeth</b037>
<b039>Elizabeth</b039>
<b040>Neblett</b040>
</contributor>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>124</b061>
<b064>FOR007000</b064>
<b073>05</b073>
<othertext>
<d102>18</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px">In <I><B><I>Ramona&#39;s Adventure</I></B></I>, by Elizabeth Neblett, students will read about Ramona Rivera, a widowed florist from New Jersey. Life still holds some surprises for Ramona, as she discovers when she goes to Mexico for a few weeks to take care of her mother.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Modern Dramas 1-4</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">(Beginning to High Intermediate)</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Modern Dramas</B> will keep your students turning the pages to find out what happens next. Each book in thie four-level series tells the lively, action-filled story of a memorable main character.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Features</B></P>  <UL>  <LI>Fast-paced contemporary stories told in episodes   <LI>Varied reading comprehension activities   <LI>Meaninfgul and practical vocabulary activities   <LI>Life skills activities to help students connect to the real world   <LI>Dialogue practice to help fluency   <LI>Audio CDs</LI></UL>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">With <B>Modern Dramas</B>, English language learners will improve their reading skills while reading for pleasure.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The series also includes:</P>  <UL>  <LI><I><A title="" href="http://vig.pearsoned.com/store/product/1,1207,store-14563_isbn-0132355310,00.html" target="">Solomon the Superintendent</A></I>   <LI><I><A href="http://vig.pearsoned.com/store/product/1,1207,store-14563_isbn-0132423367,00.html">Lucy and the Piano Player</A> </I>  <LI><I><A href="http://vig.pearsoned.com/store/product/1,1207,store-14563_isbn-0132355302,00.html">Victor&#39;s Secret</A> </I><I></LI></UL>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"></I>&nbsp;</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>04</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px">Episode 1:&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The Phone Call</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Episode 2:&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Getting Ready to Go Home</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Episode 3:&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;At the Hospital</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Episode 4:&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;A Quick Recovery</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Episode 5:&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;An Old Friend</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Episode 6:&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;A Long Cup of Coffee</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Episode 7:&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Who is Vicente Fuentes?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Episode 8:&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Vicente&#39;s Daughter</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Episode 9:&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;A New Friend</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Episode 10:&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;A Decision</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Episode 11:&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Time to Go Home</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<mediafile>
<f114>04</f114>
<f115>03</f115>
<f116>06</f116>
<f117>0135131804.jpg</f117>
</mediafile>
<imprint>
<b079>Pearson ESL</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20080404</b003>
<b087>2008</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>WORLD</b388>
</salesrights>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>9.2</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>7.04</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>0.251</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>234</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>72</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>n</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>13.00</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135131820</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135131820</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135131824</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135131824</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135131824</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>BC</b012>
<b333>B102</b333>
<n338/>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>Leading United States Supreme Court Cases in Criminal Justice</b203>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Champion, Dean J.</b037>
<b039>Dean J.</b039>
<b040>Champion</b040>
<b046>Texas A&amp;M International University</b046>
</contributor>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>640</b061>
<b064>LAW052000</b064>
<b073>05</b073>
<othertext>
<d102>13</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px">Dean John Champion is Professor of Criminal Justice, Texas A &amp; M International University; Laredo, Texas. Dr. Champion has taught at the University of Tennessee-Knoxville, California State University-Long Beach, and Minot State University.&nbsp; He earned his Ph.D. from Purdue University and B.S. and M.A. degrees from Brigham Young University.&nbsp; He also completed several years of law school at the Nashville School of Law.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Dr. Champion has written over 35 texts and/or edited works and maintains memberships in eleven professional organizations.&nbsp; He is a lifetime member of the American Society of Criminology, Academy of Criminal Justice Sciences, and the American Sociological Association.&nbsp; He is a former editor of the Academy of Criminal Justice Sciences/Anderson Publishing Company Series on <I>Issues in Crime and Justice </I>and the <I>Journal of Crime and Justice</I>.&nbsp; He is a contributing author for the <I>Encarta Encyclopedia 2000</I> for Microsoft.&nbsp; He has been a Visiting Scholar for the National Center for Juvenile Justice and is a former president of the Midwestern Criminal Justice Association. He has also designed and/or offered numerous online courses for the University of Phoenix, Excelsior University, and the University of Alaska-Fairbanks.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Among his published books for Prentice-Hall include <I>Administration of Criminal Justice: Structure, Function, and Process</I> (2003); <I>Basic Statistics for Social Research</I> (1970, 1981); <I>Research Methods for Criminal Justice and Criminology 3/e</I> (1993, 2000, 2006); <I>The Juvenile Justice System: Delinquency, Processing, and the Law 4/e</I> (1992, 1998, 2001, 2004, 2007 forthcoming); <I>Corrections in the United States: A Contemporary Perspective 4/e</I> (1990, 1998, 2001, 2005); <I>Probation, Parole, and Community Corrections 5/e</I> (1990, 1996, 1999, 2005); <I>Policing in the Community</I> (w/George Rush) (1996); and <I>The Administration of Justice Systems</I> (2001). </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Dr. Champion&#39;s specialty interests include juvenile justice, criminal justice administration, corrections, and statistics/methods. </P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>18</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>Leading U.S. Supreme Court Cases in Criminal Justice: Briefs and Key Terms </I>is an indispensable reference for courses in criminal procedure, constitutional law and criminal law. The book is divided into two major sections. The first major section includes annotated briefs of over 1000 U.S. Supreme Court decisions that have impacted the criminal justice system. The second major section includes more than 6000 key terms and definitions across all areas of criminal justice and criminology.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Features of the book include:</P>  <UL>  <LI>U.S. Supreme Court cases indexed by over 160 categories   <LI>Case annotations include case details, court holdings, reasons for such holdings and relevance of cases to criminal justice   <LI>Explanation of citation protocol for <I>U.S. Reports</I>, <I>Supreme Court Reporter</I>, and regional state Supreme Court compilations and reporters, such as the <I>Pacific Reporter </I>and <I>Southwestern Reporter.</I>   <LI>Addresses and contact information provided for most Ph.D. programs in criminology/criminal justice   <LI>Comprehensive listing of acronyms for criminal justice organizations and agencies   <LI>Up-to-date listing of Internet sites accessed by criminologists for research   <LI>Contact information for all U.S. corrections agencies, including probation and parole</LI></UL>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>04</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Preface</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Legal Citations</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>The Inconsistency of </B><B>U.S.</B><B> Supreme Court Case Coverage</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>U.S.</B><B> Supreme Court Cases</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Summary of Case Index By Topic</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Case Index By Topic</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>List of Key Terms</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Appendix A: List of Acronyms</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Appendix B: Ph.D. Programs in Criminal Justice</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Appendix C: Internet Connections</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Appendix D: Names, Addresses, Telephone Numbers of Federal and State Corrections, Probation and Parole Agencies, Adult/Juvenile</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Appendix E: State Departments of Corrections Telephone, Fax, Internet Addresses</B></P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<mediafile>
<f114>04</f114>
<f115>03</f115>
<f116>06</f116>
<f117>0135131820.jpg</f117>
</mediafile>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20080207</b003>
<b087>2009</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>WORLD</b388>
</salesrights>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>9.82</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>7.98</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>1.26</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>1188</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>12</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>k</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>50.80</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135131839</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135131839</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135131831</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135131831</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135131831</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>BC</b012>
<b333>B102</b333>
<n338/>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>Police Patrol Allocation and Deployment</b203>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Fritsch, Eric J.</b037>
<b039>Eric J.</b039>
<b040>Fritsch</b040>
</contributor>
<contributor>
<b034>2</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Liederbach, John R</b037>
<b039>John R</b039>
<b040>Liederbach</b040>
<b046>University of North Texas</b046>
</contributor>
<contributor>
<b034>3</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Taylor, Robert W.</b037>
<b039>Robert W.</b039>
<b040>Taylor</b040>
<b046>University of North Texas</b046>
</contributor>
<contributor>
<b034>4</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Caeti, Melinda</b037>
<b039>Melinda</b039>
<b040>Caeti</b040>
</contributor>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>128</b061>
<b064>POL014000</b064>
<b073>05</b073>
<othertext>
<d102>13</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<B>Eric J. Fritsch </B>is associate professor in the Department of Criminal Justice at the University of North Texas in Denton, TX.&nbsp; He has authored and co-authored several journal articles, books, book chapters, and technical reports.&nbsp; His articles appear in numerous journals including <I>Crime and Delinquency, Law and Policy</I>, <I>Criminal Justice Policy Review, Police Quarterly,</I> and the <I>American Journal of Criminal Law</I>. His areas of interest include juvenile justice and delinquency, gangs, criminological theory, law enforcement, criminal procedure, organizational assessment, and research methods. &nbsp;He is a former police officer and has worked extensively with law enforcement agencies for the past 15 years having conducted numerous studies on managerial and organizational practices, including allocation and deployment studies.   <P style="MARGIN: 0px"></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Robert W. Taylor</B> is professor and chair of the Department of Criminal Justice at the University of North Texas in Denton, Texas.&nbsp; He has an extensive background in academic and professional criminal justice, having taught at four major universities and served as a sworn police officer and major crimes detective (in Portland, OR) for over six years.&nbsp; He has also authored and co-authored over one hundred articles, books, and manuscripts focusing on police administration, international and domestic terrorism, drug trafficking, computer fraud, and criminal justice policy.&nbsp; Robert W. Taylor has been the recipient of over $2 million in external grants and is an active consultant to various U.S. and international criminal justice agencies.&nbsp; He is an active member of the Academy of Criminal Justice Sciences and the American Society of Criminology.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>John Liederbach </B>is associate professor in the Criminal Justice Program at Bowling Green State University.&nbsp; He received his PhD in Criminal justice from the University of Cincinnati, and he previously worked as an Assistant Professor in the Department of Criminal Justice at the University of North Texas.&nbsp; His primary research interest is police behavior, specifically variations in the street-level behavior of patrol officers across community types.&nbsp; Dr. Liederbach has also published articles related to the offending behavior of medical doctors and white-collar crime more generally.&nbsp; His work has appeared in various journals, including <I>Justice Quarterly, Policing: An International Journal of Police Strategies and Management, Criminal Justice Review, the American Journal of Criminal Justice, and Youth Violence and Juvenile Justice: An Interdisciplinary Journal.</I></P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>01</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[This is the first book to address patrol allocation and deployment in a single source&mdash;fully discussing the complexities and factors that impact decision making in this area. This text provides a historical assessment of patrol allocation and deployment and covers central issues in the day to day management of police agencies and personnel. Examining all aspects of patrol allocation and deployment, it discusses deployment through scheduling, modern tactical deployment approaches and the evolution of operational deployment strategies.]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>04</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left"><B>Part I:&nbsp; Patrol Allocation and Deployment in Context</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><U>Chapter 1</U></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Patrol Work: The Context of Allocation and Deployment Strategies</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><U>Chapter 2</U></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">What We Know from Research on Patrol Effectiveness&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="center"><B>Part II: Patrol Allocation</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><U>Chapter 3</U></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Historical Analysis of Allocation and Deployment</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><U>Chapter 4</U></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Models for Patrol Allocation&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=center text-align="center">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="center"><B>Part III: Patrol Deployment</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><U>Chapter 5</U></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Deployment through Scheduling</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><U>Chapter 6</U></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Modern Tactical Deployment Approaches</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><U>Chapter 7</U></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The Evolution of Operational Deployment Strategies</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<mediafile>
<f114>04</f114>
<f115>03</f115>
<f116>06</f116>
<f117>0135131839.jpg</f117>
</mediafile>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20080313</b003>
<b087>2009</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>WORLD</b388>
</salesrights>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>8.86</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>5.96</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>0.29</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>177</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>60</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>f</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>43.60</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135131995</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135131995</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135131992</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135131992</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135131992</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>WW</b012>
<series>
<b018>MyStatLab Series</b018>
</series>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>Statistics</b203>
<b029>The Art and Science of Learning from Data</b029>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Agresti, Alan</b037>
<b039>Alan</b039>
<b040>Agresti</b040>
<b046>University of Florida</b046>
</contributor>
<contributor>
<b034>2</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Franklin, Christine</b037>
<b039>Christine</b039>
<b040>Franklin</b040>
</contributor>
<b057>2</b057>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>848</b061>
<b064>MAT029000</b064>
<b073>05</b073>
<othertext>
<d102>13</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Alan Agresti</B> is Distinguished Professor in the Department of Statistics at the University of Florida. He has been teaching statistics there for 35 years, including the development of three courses in statistical methods for social science students and three courses in categorical data analysis. He is author of over 100 refereed article and five texts including "Statistical Methods for the Social Sciences" (with Barbara Finlay, Prentice Hall, 4th edition 2009) and "Categorical Data Analysis" (Wiley, 2nd edition 2002). He is a Fellow of the American Statistical Association and recipient of an Honorary Doctor of Science from De Montfort University in the UK. In 2003 Alan was named "Statistician of the Year" by the Chicago chapter of the American Statistical Association and in 2004 he was the first honoree of the Herman Callaert Leadership Award in Biostatistical Education and Dissemination awarded by the University of Limburgs, Belgium. He has held visiting positions at Harvard University, Boston University, London School of Economics, and Imperial College and has taught courses or short courses for universities and companies in about 30 countries worldwide. Alan has also received teaching awards from UF and an excellence in writing award from John Wiley &amp; Sons.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Christine Franklin</B> is a Senior Lecturer and Honors Professor in the Department of Statistics at the University of Georgia. She has been a member of college faculty in statistics for almost 30 years. Chris has been actively involved at the national level with promoting statistical education at the K-12 level and college undergraduate level since the 1980&#39;s. She is currently the Chief Reader for AP Statistics and has developed three masters level courses at UGA in data analysis for elementary, middle school, and secondary teachers. Chris was the lead writer for the ASA endorsed Guidelines for Assessment and Instruction in Statistics Education (GAISE) Report: A Pre-K-12 Curriculum Framework. </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chris has been honored by her selection as a Fellow of the American Statistical Association, the 2006 Mu Sigma Rho National Statistical Education Award recipient for her teaching and lifetime devotion to statistics education, and numerous teaching and advising awards at UGA. Chris has written more than 30 journal articles and resource materials for textbooks.</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>01</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>KEY MESSAGE</B>: Alan Agresti and Chris Franklin have merged their research and classroom experience to develop this successful introductory statistics text. <B>Statistics: The Art and Science of Learning from Data, Second Edition</B> helps readers become statistically literate by encouraging them to ask and answer interesting statistical questions. It takes the ideas that have turned statistics into a central science in modern life and makes them accessible and engaging to readers without compromising necessary rigor.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>KEY TOPICS</B>: GATHERING and EXPLORING DATA; Statistics: The Art and Science of Learning from Data; Exploring Data with Graphs and Numerical Summaries; Association: Contingency, Correlation, and Regression; Gathering Data; PROBABILITY AND PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTIONS; Probability in our Daily Lives; Probability Distributions; Sampling Distributions; INFERENCE STATISTICS; Statistical Inference: Confidence Intervals; Statistical Inference: Significance Tests about Hypotheses; Comparing Two Groups; ANALYZING ASSOCIATIONS AND EXTENDED STATISTICAL METHODS; Analyzing the Association Between Categorical Variables; Analyzing the Association Between Quantitative Variables: Regression Analysis; Multiple Regression; Comparing Groups: Analysis of Variance Methods; Nonparametric Statistics</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>MARKET</B>: for all readers interested in statistics.</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>04</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>PART 1: GATHERING and EXPLORING DATA</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>1. Statistics: The Art and Science of Learning from Data</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">1.1 How Can You Investigate Using Data?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">1.2 We Learn about Population Using Samples</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">1.3 What Role do Computers Play in Statistics?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Chapter Summary</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Chapter Exercises</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>2. Exploring Data with Graphs and Numerical Summaries</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">2.1 What Are the Types of Data?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">2.2 How Can We Describe Data using Graphical Summaries?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">2.3 How Can We Describe the Center of Quantitative Data?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">2.4 How Can We Describe the Spread of Quantitative Data?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">2.5 How Can Measures of Position Describe Spread?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">2.6 How Can Graphical Summaries Be Misused?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Answers to Chapter Figure Questions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Chapter Summary</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Chapter Exercises</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>3. Association: Contingency, Correlation, and Regression</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">3.1 How Can We Explore the Association between Two Categorical Variables?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">3.2 How Can We Explore the Association between Two Quantitative Variables?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">3.3 How Can We Predict the Outcome of a Variable?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">3.4 What are Some Cautions in Analyzing Associations?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Answers to Chapter Figure Questions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Chapter Summary</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Chapter Exercises</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>4. Gathering Data</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">4.1 Should We Experiment or Should We Merely Observe?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">4.2 What Are Good Ways and Poor Ways to Sample?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">4.3 What Are Good Ways and Poor Ways to Experiment?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">4.4 What Are Other Ways to Perform Experimental and Nonexperimental Studies?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Answers to Chapter Figure Questions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Chapter Summary</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Chapter Exercises</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; PART 1 REVIEW</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Part 1 Summary</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Part 1 Exercises</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>PART 2: PROBABILITY AND PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTIONS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>5. Probability in our Daily Lives</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">5.1 How Can Probability Quantify Randomness?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">5.2 How Can We Find Probabilities?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">5.3 Conditional Probability: What&rsquo;s the Probability of A, Given B?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">5.4 Applying the Probability Rules</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Answers to Chapter Figure Questions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Chapter Summary</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Chapter Exercises</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>6. Probability Distributions</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">6.1 How Can We Summarize Possible Outcomes and Their Probabilities?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">6.2 How Can We Find Probabilities for Bell-Shaped Distributions?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">6.3 How Can We Find Probabilities when Each Observation has Two Possible Outcomes?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Answers to Chapter Figure Questions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Chapter Summary</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Chapter Exercises</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>7. Sampling Distributions</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">7.1 How Likely Are the Possible Values of a Statistics? The Sampling Distribution</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">7.2 How Close Are Sample Means to Population Means?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">7.3 How Can We Make Inferences about a Population?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Answers to Chapter Figure Questions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Chapter Summary</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Chapter Exercises</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; PART 2 REVIEW</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Part 2 Summary</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Part 2 Exercises</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>PART 3: INFERENCE STATISTICS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>8. Statistical Inference: Confidence Intervals</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">8.1 What Are Point and Interval Estimates of Population Parameters?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">8.2 How Can We Construct a Confidence Interval to Estimate a Population Proportion?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">8.3 How Can We Construct a Confidence Interval to Estimate a Population Mean?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">8.4 How Do We Choose the Sample Size for a Study?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">8.5 How Do Computers Make New Estimation Methods Possible?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Answers to Chapter Figure Questions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Chapter Summary</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Chapter Exercises</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>9. Statistical Inference: Significance Tests about Hypotheses</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">9.1 What Are the Steps for Performing a Significance Test?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">9.2 Significance Tests about Proportions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">9.3 Significance Tests about Means</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">9.4 Decisions and Types of Errors in Significance Tests</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">9.5 Limitations of Significance Tests</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">9.6 How Likely is a Type II Error (Not Rejecting H<SUB>0</SUB>, Even though it&rsquo;s False)?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Answers to Chapter Figure Questions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Chapter Summary</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Chapter Exercises</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>10. Comparing Two Groups</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">10.1 Categorical Response: How Can We Compare Two Proportions?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">10.2 Quantitative Response: How Can We Compare Two Means?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">10.3 Other Ways of Comparing Means and Comparing Proportions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">10.4 How Can We Analyze Dependent Samples?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">10.5 How Can We Adjust for Effects of Other Variables?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Answers to Chapter Figure Questions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Chapter Summary</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Chapter Exercises</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; PART 3 REVIEW</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Part 3 Summary</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Part 3 Exercises</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>PART 4: ANALYZING ASSOCIATIONS AND EXTENDED STATISTICAL METHODS</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>11. Analyzing the Association Between Categorical Variables</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">11.1 What is Independence and What is Association?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">11.2 How Can We Test Whether Categorical Variables are Independent?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">11.3 How Strong is the Association?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">11.4 How Can Residuals Reveal the Pattern of Association?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">11.5 What if the Sample Size is Small? Fisher&rsquo;s Exact Test</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Answers to Chapter Figure Questions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Chapter Summary</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Chapter Exercises</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>12. Analyzing the Association Between Quantitative Variables: Regression Analysis</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">12.1 How Can We &ldquo;Model&rdquo; How Two Variables Are Related?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">12.2 How Can We Describe Strength of Association?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">12.3 How Can We Make Inferences about the Association?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">12.4 What Do We Learn from How the Data Vary around the Regression Line?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">12.5 Exponential Regression: A Model for Nonlinearity</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Answers to Chapter Figure Questions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Chapter Summary</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Chapter Exercises</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>13. Multiple Regression</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">13.1 How Can We Use Several Variables to Predict a Response?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">13.2 Extending the Correlation and <I>R</I>-squared for Multiple Regression</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">13.3 How Can We Use Multiple Regression to Make Inferences?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">13.4 Checking a Regression Model Using Residual Plots</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">13.5 How Can Regression Include Categorical Predictors?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">13.6 How Can We Model a Categorical Response?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Answers to Chapter Figure Questions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Chapter Summary</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Chapter Exercises</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>14. Comparing Groups: Analysis of Variance Methods</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">14.1 How Can We Compare Several Means?: One-Way ANOVA</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">14.2 How Should We Follow Up an ANOVA <I>F</I> Test</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">14.3 What if there are Two Factors?: Two-way ANOVA</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Answers to Chapter Figure Questions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Chapter Summary</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Chapter Exercises</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>15. Nonparametric Statistics</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">15.1 How Can We Compare Two Groups by Ranking?</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">15.2 Nonparametric Methods for Several Groups and for Matched Pairs</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Answers to Chapter Figure Questions</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Chapter Summary</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Chapter Exercises</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; PART 4 REVIEW</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Part 4 Summary</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Part 4 Exercises</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Tables</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Selected Answers</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Index</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Index of Applications&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Photo Credits</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<mediafile>
<f114>04</f114>
<f115>03</f115>
<f116>06</f116>
<f117>0135131995.jpg</f117>
</mediafile>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20071228</b003>
<b087>2009</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>WORLD</b388>
</salesrights>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>11.24</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>8.62</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>1.41</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>1953</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<relatedproduct>
<h208>03</h208>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0130083690</b244>
</productidentifier>
</relatedproduct>
<relatedproduct>
<h208>07</h208>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0136036155</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780136036159</b244>
</productidentifier>
</relatedproduct>
<relatedproduct>
<h208>07</h208>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0136036163</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780136036166</b244>
</productidentifier>
</relatedproduct>
<relatedproduct>
<h208>07</h208>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0136037356</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780136037354</b244>
</productidentifier>
</relatedproduct>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>8</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>k</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>141.33</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135132126</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135132126</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135132128</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135132128</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135132128</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>WW</b012>
<n338/>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>Auditing and Assurance Services</b203>
<b029>An Intergrated Approach and ACL Software</b029>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Arens, Alvin</b037>
<b039>Alvin</b039>
<b040>Arens</b040>
</contributor>
<contributor>
<b034>2</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Elder, Randal J.</b037>
<b039>Randal J.</b039>
<b040>Elder</b040>
</contributor>
<contributor>
<b034>3</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Beasley, Mark</b037>
<b039>Mark</b039>
<b040>Beasley</b040>
</contributor>
<b057>12</b057>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>888</b061>
<b064>BUS001000</b064>
<b073>05</b073>
<mediafile>
<f114>04</f114>
<f115>03</f115>
<f116>06</f116>
<f117>0135132126.jpg</f117>
</mediafile>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20070213</b003>
<b087>2008</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>WORLD</b388>
</salesrights>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>11.1</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>8.6</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>1.5</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>2127</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<relatedproduct>
<h208>03</h208>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0136128270</b244>
</productidentifier>
</relatedproduct>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>8</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>k</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>198.67</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135132150</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135132150</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135132159</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135132159</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135132159</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>BB</b012>
<n338/>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>Architectural Drawing and Light Construction</b203>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Grau, Philip A.</b037>
<b039>Philip A.</b039>
<b040>Grau</b040>
<b046>Milwaukee Area Technical College</b046>
</contributor>
<contributor>
<b034>2</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Muller, Edward J.</b037>
<b039>Edward J.</b039>
<b040>Muller</b040>
</contributor>
<b057>8</b057>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>792</b061>
<b064>ARC000000</b064>
<b073>05</b073>
<othertext>
<d102>18</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>Architectural Drawing and Light Construction</I></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">8th edition</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Philip A. Grau III, Edward J. Muller, James G. Fausett</P></B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Streamlined and updated for the Eighth Edition, this classic text offers readers significant flexibility as it covers both manual drafting and computer-aided drafting.&nbsp; Known for its superbly detailed drawings and information on every phase of light residential architectural design and construction, <I>Architectural Drawing and Light Construction </I>provides the most current information, including modern residential planning, computer-aided design, building codes, and specification writing. </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Key features in this edition:</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&bull;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Updates to software include the newest type of CAD software, Building Information Modeling (BIM)</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&bull;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Updated information on specification writing and coverage of CSI&rsquo;s <I>MasterFormat</I> </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&bull;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Incorporates the latest National CAD standards for drafting and construction</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&bull;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Energy efficient construction systems and materials</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&bull;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Comprehensive coverage of variety of topics from site design and building programming to mechanical, electrical, and plumbing planning</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&bull;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Flexible approach allows for drawing exercises to be completed manually or using CAD</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>&nbsp;</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Reviewer Comments:</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&ldquo;This is a classic text for Architecture and Construction.&rdquo; </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&ndash;Craig Priskorn, Henry Ford Community College</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&ldquo;Over the years we have tried several others&hellip;but each time we found ourselves returning to [<I>Architectural Drawing and Light Construction</I>].&rdquo; </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">&ndash;Mitchell W. Campbell, Central Piedmont Community College </P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>04</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>1. Drafting Equipment and its Uses</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>2. Computer-Aided Drafting and Design</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>3. Lettering</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>4. Drafting Expression</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>5. Modular and Metric Drafting</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>6. Basic Technical Drawing</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>7. Axonometric and Oblique Pictorial Drawings</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>8. Freehand Sketching</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>9. Perspective Drawings</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>10. Shades and Shadows</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>11. Presentation Drawings and Rendering</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>12. Principles of Light Construction</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>13. Structural Member Selection</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>14. Typical Architectural Details</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>15. Basic Residential Planning</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>16. Building Models</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>17. Writing Specifications</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>18. Working Drawings of Small Homes</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>19. Residential Mechanical and Electrical Systems</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>20. Drawing a Small Commercial Building</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Appendix A: Abbreviations Used in Architectural Drawings</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Appendix B: Modular Vertical Brick Coursing</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Appendix C: The Metric System in Construction</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Appendix D: Tables from the Uniform Building Code</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Appendix E: Span Tables for Wood Structural Members</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Appendix F: Heat Loss/Gain Calculation Examples</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Glossary of Construction Terms</B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Glossary</B></P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<mediafile>
<f114>04</f114>
<f115>03</f115>
<f116>06</f116>
<f117>0135132150.jpg</f117>
</mediafile>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20080723</b003>
<b087>2009</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>WORLD</b388>
</salesrights>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>11.12</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>8.46</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>1.395</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>1749</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<relatedproduct>
<h208>03</h208>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0131433849</b244>
</productidentifier>
</relatedproduct>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>7</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>k</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>124.40</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135132266</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135132266</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135132265</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135132265</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135132265</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>WW</b012>
<n338/>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>MyNursingLab Student Access Code Card for Medical Surgical Nursing</b203>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>LeMone, Priscilla</b037>
<b039>Priscilla</b039>
<b040>LeMone</b040>
<b046>Associate Professor Emeritus, University of Missouri-Columbia</b046>
</contributor>
<contributor>
<b034>2</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Burke, Karen M.</b037>
<b039>Karen M.</b039>
<b040>Burke</b040>
<b046>Oregon State Board of Nursing</b046>
</contributor>
<b057>4</b057>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b073>05</b073>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20070619</b003>
<b087>2008</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>WORLD</b388>
</salesrights>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>9.02</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>6.2</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>0.16</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>50</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<relatedproduct>
<h208>08</h208>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0131713086</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780131713086</b244>
</productidentifier>
</relatedproduct>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>200</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>b</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>75.00</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135132304</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135132304</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135132302</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135132302</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135132302</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>BC</b012>
<b333>B102</b333>
<n338/>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>Child, Family, and Community</b203>
<b029>Family-Centered Early Care and Education</b029>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Gonzalez-Mena, Janet</b037>
<b039>Janet</b039>
<b040>Gonzalez-Mena</b040>
<b046>Napa Valley College</b046>
</contributor>
<b057>5</b057>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>384</b061>
<b064>EDU010000</b064>
<b073>05</b073>
<othertext>
<d102>13</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[ <p style="margin: 0px;">&nbsp;</p> <p style="margin: 0px;">Janet Gonzalez-Mena taught in the California university and community college systems for 35 years.&nbsp; She was on the full-time faculty at Napa Valley College in the Child and Family Studies Department for 15 years. Janet started her early childhood career in a cooperative preschool as a parent volunteer in 1966.&nbsp; She became a preschool teacher and taught in three types of programs including Head Start, a program for Spanish-speaking children and their families, and a home-based preschool program.&nbsp; Later she became a director of child care programs and helped to open several pilot projects including a therapeutic child care program and an infant-center. </p> <p style="margin: 0px;">&nbsp;</p> <p style="margin: 0px;">Besides preschool, Janet&rsquo;s special interests include working with parents, diversity, family child care, and infants.&nbsp; In the 1970s she studied with Magda Gerber, an infant expert from Hungary.&nbsp; Recently she has studied at the Pikler Institute in Budapest where Magda came from. Presently Janet is involved in helping create a training project called &ldquo;Strengthening Family and Professional Partnerships&rdquo; with NAEYC.&nbsp; Janet is the author of four early childhood education textbooks, plus a book on diversity and two parenting books. In 2002 she co-authored <i>Bridging Cultures in ECE, </i>a training manual for WestEd.&nbsp; She has been on the faculty of WestEd&rsquo;s Program for Infant-Toddler Care training trainers since 1991.&nbsp; For the last 10 years she has also been on the faculty of Beginning Together, an organization that trains professionals to include children with special needs in early care and education programs. </p> <p style="margin: 0px;">&nbsp;</p> <p style="margin: 0px;">Janet lives in a multicultural family in California, a state where there is no longer a majority culture; everyone now is a minority.&nbsp; Janet earned a B.A. in English from University of California, Davis and a M.A. in Human Development from Pacific Oaks College.</p> <p style="margin: 0px;">&nbsp;</p> <p style="margin: 0px;">&nbsp;</p> <p style="margin: 0px;">&nbsp;</p> 					 				]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>18</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px">This popular text discusses the effect that contexts, such as families, child care programs, schools, media, and communities, have on child development and education. It provides many strategies for professionals to help children and families resolve conflicts, advocate,&nbsp; understand issues and differences, and maximize children&rsquo;s potential. Throughout the field, this text is known for its excellent coverage of cultural responsiveness and providing many helpful, descriptive scenarios. To respond to shifting needs, this edition includes some key changes:</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Broader Theoretical Focus includes Ecological Theory and Family Systems Theory.&nbsp; </B>This edition expands the coverage of Bronfenbrenner&rsquo;s theory of ecological development and helps students to look at children in the contexts in which they are raised so that they can better address their needs. Family systems theory gives students a framework for understanding family dynamics, which helps them to relate better to children and their families. </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Expanded Coverage Includes New Chapter on School-Age Children.</B>&nbsp; Chapter 5 has been added to this edition to accommodate course coverage of school-age children. It includes discussion of children transitioning from the <I>initiative</I> stage to that of <I>industry</I>, how family-centered approaches can ease children&rsquo;s entry into kindergarten, affirmations and the power of positive adult attention, and teaching morals by promoting prosocial behaviors.</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Greater Focus on Strategies for Communicating and Working Collaboratively with Diverse Families.</B> This revision includes new strategy sections in each chapter on &ldquo;Strategies for Working with Diverse Families&rdquo; and a more deliberate focus in the prose on including suggestions for working with all types of families in a collaborative way. </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>Author Janet Gonzalez-Mena is working on an NAEYC project, &ldquo;Strengthening Family-Professional Partnerships&rdquo;, which trains trainers and focuses on building relationships and communication strategies between ECE professionals and families.&nbsp; </I></P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>04</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 1&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The Child in Context of Family and Community</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 2&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Supporting Families Around Issues of Attachment</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 3&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Supporting Families with Autonomy-Seeking Youngsters</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 4&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Sharing Views of Initiative with Families</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 5&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Working with Families of School-Age Children</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 6&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Understanding Families&#39; Goals, Values and Culture</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 7&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Working with Families on Guidance Issues</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 8&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Working with Families on Addressing Feelings and Problem-Solving</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 9&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Working with Families to Support Self-Esteem</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 10&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Working with Families Around Gender Issues</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 11&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Stress and Success in Family Life</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 12&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Care and Education Programs as Community Resources</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 13&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Other Community Resources</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 14&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Societal Influences on Children and Families</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Chapter 15&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Social Policy Issues</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<mediafile>
<f114>04</f114>
<f115>03</f115>
<f116>06</f116>
<f117>0135132304.jpg</f117>
</mediafile>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20080326</b003>
<b087>2009</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>WORLD</b388>
</salesrights>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>9.06</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>7.48</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>0.74</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>581</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<relatedproduct>
<h208>03</h208>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0131189212</b244>
</productidentifier>
</relatedproduct>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>20</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>k</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>66.67</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135132452</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135132452</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135132456</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135132456</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135132456</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>BB</b012>
<n338/>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>Econometric Analysis</b203>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Greene, William H.</b037>
<b039>William H.</b039>
<b040>Greene</b040>
</contributor>
<b057>6</b057>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>1216</b061>
<b064>BUS069000</b064>
<b073>05</b073>
<othertext>
<d102>01</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B></B> <I>Econometric Analysisi, 6/e</I> serves as a bridge between an introduction to the field of econometrics and the professional literature for&nbsp;&nbsp;social scientists and other professionals in the field&nbsp;of social sciences, focusing on applied econometrics and theoretical background. This book provides a broad survey of the field of econometrics that allows the reader to move from here to practice in one or more specialized areas. At the same time, the reader will gain an appreciation of the common foundation of all the fields presented and use the tools they employ. <B></B> This book gives space to a wide range of topics including basic econometrics, Classical, Bayesian, GMM, and Maximum likelihood, and gives special emphasis to new topics such a time series and panels. <B></B>For social scientists and other professionals in the field who want a thorough introduction to applied econometrics that will prepare them for advanced study and practice in the field. </P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>04</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[Preface<br> Chapter 1 &ndash; Introduction<br> Chapter 2 &ndash; The Classical Multiple Linear Regression Model<br> Chapter 3 &ndash; Least Squares<br> Chapter 4 &ndash; Statistical Properties of the Least Squares Estimator<br> Chapter 5 &ndash; Inference and Prediction<br> Chapter 6 &ndash; Functional Form and Structural Change<br> Chapter 7 &ndash; Specification Analysis and Model Selection<br> Chapter 8 &ndash; Generalized Regression Model and Heteroscedasticity<br> Chapter 9 &ndash; Models for Panel Data<br> Chapter 10 &ndash;Systems of Regression Equations<br> Chapter 11 &ndash; Nonlinear Regression Models<br> Chapter 12 &ndash; Instrumental Variables Estimation<br> Chapter 13 &ndash; Simultaneous-Equations Model<br> Chapter 14 &ndash; Estimation Frameworks in Econometrics<br> Chapter 15 &ndash; Minimum Distance Estimation and the Generalized Method of Moments<br> Chapter 16 &ndash; Maximum Likelihood Estimation<br> Chapter 17 &ndash; Simulation Based Estimation and Inference<br> Chapter 18 &ndash; Bayesian Estimation and Inference<br> Chapter 19 &ndash; Serial Correlation<br> Chapter 20 &ndash; Models With Lagged Variables<br> Chapter 21 &ndash; Time-Series Models<br> Chapter 22 &ndash; Nonstationary Data<br> Chapter 23 &ndash; Models for Discrete Choice<br> Chapter 24 &ndash; Truncation, Censoring and Sample Selection<br> Chapter 25 &ndash; Models for Event Counts and Duration<br> Appendix A: Matrix Algebra<br> Appendix B: Probability and Distribution Theory<br> Appendix C: Estimation and Inference<br> Appendix D: Large Sample Distribution Theory<br> Appendix E: Computation and Optimization<br> Appendix F: Data Sets Used in Applications<br> Appendix G: Statistical Tables<br> References<br> Author Index<br> Subject Index<br> <br>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<mediafile>
<f114>04</f114>
<f115>03</f115>
<f116>06</f116>
<f117>0135132452.jpg</f117>
</mediafile>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20070807</b003>
<b087>2008</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>WORLD</b388>
</salesrights>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>9.24</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>7.82</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>1.825</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>1991</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<relatedproduct>
<h208>03</h208>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0130661899</b244>
</productidentifier>
</relatedproduct>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>8</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>k</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>173.33</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135132460</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135132460</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135132463</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135132463</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135132463</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>BC</b012>
<b333>B102</b333>
<n338/>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>The Old Testament Story</b203>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Tullock, John</b037>
<b039>John</b039>
<b040>Tullock</b040>
<b046>Belmont College</b046>
</contributor>
<contributor>
<b034>2</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>McEntire, Mark</b037>
<b039>Mark</b039>
<b040>McEntire</b040>
<b046>Belmont University School of Religion, Nashville</b046>
</contributor>
<b057>8</b057>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>464</b061>
<b064>REL000000</b064>
<b073>05</b073>
<othertext>
<d102>01</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[Designed for students with little or no knowledge of the Old Testament, this text provides complete background detail as it follows the story told by the Old Testament/Hebrew Bible. Examines the separate biblical books and illustrates the literary structure of each of the books of the Protestant Christian Old Testament/Hebrew Bible.]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>04</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I><U>The Old Testament Story 8<SUP>th</SUP> Edition</U></I></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>John H. Tullock</I></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>Revised by Mark McEntire</I></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>&nbsp;</I></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>Contents</I></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>Bibliographical Abbreviations xiii</I></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>Maps xv</I></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>Preface xvii</I></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>Acknowledgments xviii</I></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>&nbsp;</I></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><I>1&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The Book and Those Who Study It&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 1</I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The Old Testament: What Is It? &nbsp;&nbsp;2</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">How It Began &nbsp;&nbsp;4</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">How It Developed &nbsp;&nbsp;6</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The Work of Scholars &nbsp;&nbsp;9</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Archaeology as a Tool for Understanding &nbsp;&nbsp;16</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Why Study the Old Testament? &nbsp;&nbsp;22</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Study Questions &nbsp;23</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Endnotes &nbsp;&nbsp;23</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><I>&nbsp;</I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><I>2&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The Geographical and Historical Settings for the Old Testament</I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><I>Prior to 1200 B.C.E. &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 25</I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The Ancient Near East &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;26</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Mesopotamia &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;27</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Asia Minor &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;29</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Egypt &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;29</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Syria-Phoenicia &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;30</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Palestine &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;32</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Study Questions &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;39</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Endnotes &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;39</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><I>&nbsp;</I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><I>3&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Israel Looks at the Beginnings &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 41</I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The Primeval Complex &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;42</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The Ancestral Complex &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;52</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Genesis in Retrospect &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;64</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Study Questions &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;65</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Endnotes &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;66</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><I>&nbsp;</I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><I>4&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Israel Becomes a People: Exodus and Wilderness &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 68</I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The Book of Israel&rsquo;s Beginnings &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;70</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Moses: Birth and Wilderness Years &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;71</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Moses: The Struggle with the Pharaoh &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;74</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The Exodus Event &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;80</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Sinai and the Giving of the Law &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;85</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">After Mount Sinai &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;96</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Themes in the Pentateuch &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;102</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Study Questions &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;103</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Endnotes &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;104</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><I>&nbsp;</I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><I>&nbsp;</I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><I>&nbsp;</I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><I>5&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Israel Gains a Home: Joshua and Judges &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 106</I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Moving into the Promised Land &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;107</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Continuing the Story of Occupation &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;116</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Proposed Models for the Israelite Occupation of Canaan &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;127</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Study Questions &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;128</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Endnotes &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;129</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><I>&nbsp;</I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><I>6&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Israel Demands a King: Samuel and Saul &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 131</I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The Sources for the Story of the Israelite Kingdoms &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;132</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The Story of Samuel &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;133</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The Establishment of Saul&rsquo;s Kingship (1020&mdash;1000 B.C.E.) &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;139</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The Appearance of David &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;143</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Samuel, Saul, and David: A Summary &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;150</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Study Questions &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;150</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Endnotes &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;151</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><I>&nbsp;</I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><I>7&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Israel&rsquo;s Time of Glory: David and Solomon &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 152</I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">David: King Over Judah &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;153</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">David: King Over All Israel &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;154</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The Court History of David &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;156</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The Reign of Solomon &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;165</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Study Questions &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;175</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Endnotes &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;175</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">A01_TULL2463_08_SE_FM.QXD 1/2/08 5:47 PM Page x</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>Contents </I>xi</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><I>&nbsp;</I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><I>8&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Israel Becomes Two: The Story of the Northern Kingdom &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 177</I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Approaching the Divided-Kingdom Story &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;178</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The Division of the Kingdom &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;179</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The Dynasty of Omri &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;182</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Elijah&rsquo;s Confrontations with Ahab and Jezebel &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;186</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Jehu to Jeroboam II (842&mdash;746 B.C.E.) &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;193</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Israel&rsquo;s Eighth-Century Prophets: Amos and Hosea &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;194</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The Destruction of the Northern Kingdom &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;212</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Study Questions &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;212</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Endnotes &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;213</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><I>&nbsp;</I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><I>9&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Judah: Rehoboam to Hezekiah (922&mdash;687 B.C.E.) &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 215</I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Judah After the Division &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;216</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The Eighth-Century Prophets from Judah &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;218</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Study Questions &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;237</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Endnotes &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;238</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><I>&nbsp;</I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><I>10&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Judah: Manasseh to Zedekiah and the Exile &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 239</I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The International Situation &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;240</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The Situation in Judah &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;240</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">King Jehoiakim and the Prophets Nahum and Habakkuk &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;246</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The Final Years of Judah and the Prophet Jeremiah &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;250</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Study Questions &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;270</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Endnotes &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;270</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><I>&nbsp;</I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><I>&nbsp;</I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><I>11&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The Exile: Judah&rsquo;s Dark Night of the Soul &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 272</I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">After the Fall of Jerusalem &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;273</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">With the Exiles in Babylon &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;278</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The Prophet of the Transition: Ezekiel &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;280</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The Collapse of the Babylonian Empire &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;297</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The Exiles&rsquo; Great Unknown Prophet: Isaiah 40&mdash;66 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;298</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Study Questions &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;312</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Endnotes &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;313</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><I>&nbsp;</I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><I>12&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The Post-Exilic Period: Judah Revived &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 314</I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The Changing International Situation (538&mdash;486 B.C.E.) &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;315</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The Restored Community &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;315</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Ezra and Nehemiah &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;321</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Study Questions &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;328</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Endnotes &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;328</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">A01_TULL2463_08_SE_FM.QXD 1/2/08 5:47 PM Page xi</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">xii <I>Contents</I></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><I>&nbsp;</I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><I>13&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; A Legacy of Israel: Teachers of Wisdom and Singers of Songs &nbsp;&nbsp;329</I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The Wisdom Literature &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;330</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Israel Sings Its Faith &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;352</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Study Questions &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;364</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Endnotes &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;365</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><I>&nbsp;</I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><I>14&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The Time of Silence: Judah in Eclipse &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 367</I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The Historical Situation &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;368</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The Maccabean Revolt &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;369</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The Word of the LORD in Difficult Times &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;370</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Study Questions &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;388</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Endnotes &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;388</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><I>&nbsp;</I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B><I>15 Epilogue: The Continuing Story &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 390</I></B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Life in Jewish Communities &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;391</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The Rise of Parties and Sects &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;392</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Literary Activity &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;394</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Judaism&rsquo;s Oral Tradition &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;397</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">The End of the Matter &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;398</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Study Questions &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;398</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Endnotes &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;399</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>Glossary 400</I></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>For Further Study 409</I></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>Comprehensive Chronological Chart 415</I></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>Credits 419</I></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><I>Index 421</I></P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<mediafile>
<f114>04</f114>
<f115>03</f115>
<f116>06</f116>
<f117>0135132460.jpg</f117>
</mediafile>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20080206</b003>
<b087>2009</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>ROW</b388>
</salesrights>
<notforsale>
<b090>AF AG AL AN AO AR AT AU BB BE BF BG BH BI BM BN BO BR BS BT BW CF CG CH CI CL CM CN CO CR CS CY CZ DE DK DO DZ EC EG ES ET FI FJ FR GB GH GI GM GN GP GR GT GU GY HK HN HT HU ID IE IL IN IQ IR IS IT JM JO JP KE KP KR KW LA LB LI LR LS LU LY MA MG ML MM MN MQ MR MT MU MV MW MY MZ NE NG NI NL NO NP NZ PA PE PG PH PL PT PY QA RO RU RW SA SB SD SE SG SL SM SN SO SV SY SZ TD TG TH TN TR TT TW TZ UG UY VA VE WS YE ZA</b090>
</notforsale>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>9.38</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>6.74</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>0.91</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>599</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<relatedproduct>
<h208>03</h208>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0131538985</b244>
</productidentifier>
</relatedproduct>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>24</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>k</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>98.67</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135132479</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135132479</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135132470</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135132470</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135132470</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>WW</b012>
<n338/>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>MyNursingLab Student Access Code Card for Community Health Nursing (Standalone)</b203>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Clark, Mary Jo</b037>
<b039>Mary Jo</b039>
<b040>Clark</b040>
<b046>Hahn School of Nursing and Health Science, University of San Diego</b046>
</contributor>
<b057>5</b057>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b073>05</b073>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20080730</b003>
<b087>2008</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>WORLD</b388>
</salesrights>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>9</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>6.34</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>0.13</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>48</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<relatedproduct>
<h208>08</h208>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0131709828</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780131709829</b244>
</productidentifier>
</relatedproduct>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>150</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>b</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>75.00</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135132819</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135132819</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135132814</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135132814</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135132814</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>BC</b012>
<b333>B102</b333>
<n338/>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>Student Solutions Manual</b203>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>McClave, James T.</b037>
<b039>James T.</b039>
<b040>McClave</b040>
</contributor>
<b057>11</b057>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>552</b061>
<b073>05</b073>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20080312</b003>
<b087>2009</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>WORLD</b388>
</salesrights>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>10.86</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>8.42</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>0.94</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>1032</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<relatedproduct>
<h208>08</h208>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0132069512</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780132069519</b244>
</productidentifier>
</relatedproduct>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>16</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>k</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>36.67</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135132835</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135132835</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135132838</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135132838</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135132838</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>WW</b012>
<n338/>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>The WebCT Access Code, Making and Meaning of Art</b203>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Adams, Laurie Schneider</b037>
<b039>Laurie Schneider</b039>
<b040>Adams</b040>
<b046>John Jay College, CUNY, and the Graduate Center</b046>
</contributor>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b073>05</b073>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20070409</b003>
<b087>2007</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>WORLD</b388>
</salesrights>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>9.22</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>6.46</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>0.18</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>52</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<relatedproduct>
<h208>08</h208>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0131779192</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780131779198</b244>
</productidentifier>
</relatedproduct>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>150</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>k</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>19.20</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135132959</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135132959</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135132951</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135132951</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135132951</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>BB</b012>
<n338/>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>Entomology and Pest Management</b203>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Pedigo, Larry P.</b037>
<b039>Larry P.</b039>
<b040>Pedigo</b040>
<b046>Iowa State University</b046>
</contributor>
<contributor>
<b034>2</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Rice, Marlin</b037>
<b039>Marlin</b039>
<b040>Rice</b040>
<b046>Iowa State University</b046>
</contributor>
<b057>6</b057>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>816</b061>
<b064>TEC003000</b064>
<b073>05</b073>
<othertext>
<d102>01</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[Completely updated in a new edition, this book remains ideal for a&nbsp;reader with little or no background in entomology and those who cannot spend the time to take both a general entomology course and an applied course. This&nbsp;combines, in a single volume, general principles of entomology and modern principles of insect pest management, including factual details and specific examples.Features up-to-date coverage on environmentally sound insecticides; the Transgenic plant controversy; Pest management systems; Newly released and recently discontinued products and updated insecticides; Current government regulations and labeling of microbial pesticides, plant pesticides and biochemical pesticides; and Developments in genetic engineering and plant bio technology. <B></B> For those with little or no background in entomology who want a comprehensive resource of both general entomology and applied aspects.]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>04</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>1. Introduction.</B> </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>2. Insect Structures and Life Processes.</B> </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>3. Insect Classification.</B> </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>4. The Insect Life Cycle.</B> </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>5. Insect Ecology.</B> </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>6. Surveillance and Sampling.</B> </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>7. Economic Decision Levels for </B><B>Pest</B><B> Populations.</B> </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>8. </B><B>Pest</B><B> Management Theory.</B> </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>9. Management with Natural Enemies and Other Biological Agents.</B> </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>10. Ecological Management of the Crop Environment.</B> </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>11. Conventional Insecticides for Management.</B> </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>12. Biopesticides for Management </B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>13. Managing Insects with Resistant Plants.</B> </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>14. Management by Modifying Insect Development and Behavior.</B> </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>15. Sterile-Insect Technique and Other </B><B>Pest</B><B> Genetic Tactics.</B> </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>16. The Practice of Insect </B><B>Pest</B><B> Management.</B> </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>17. Managing Ecological Backlash.</B> </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>18. Insect </B><B>Pest</B><B> Management Case Histories.</B> </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Appendix 1: Key to the Orders of Hexapoda.</B> </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Appendix 2: List of Some Insects and Related Species Alphabetized by Common Name.</B> </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Appendix 3: World Wide Web Sites of Entomological Resources.</B> </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Glossary.</B> </P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<mediafile>
<f114>04</f114>
<f115>03</f115>
<f116>06</f116>
<f117>0135132959.jpg</f117>
</mediafile>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20080627</b003>
<b087>2009</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>WORLD</b388>
</salesrights>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>10.1</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>8.2</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>1.475</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>1606</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<relatedproduct>
<h208>03</h208>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0131525638</b244>
</productidentifier>
</relatedproduct>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>10</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>k</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>114.00</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135133955</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135133955</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135133958</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135133958</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135133958</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>WW</b012>
<n338/>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>Medical Terminology Complete!</b203>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Wingerd, Bruce</b037>
<b039>Bruce</b039>
<b040>Wingerd</b040>
<b046>Broward Community College</b046>
</contributor>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b061>656</b061>
<b064>MED003000</b064>
<b073>05</b073>
<othertext>
<d102>13</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px" align=left text-align="left">Bruce Wingerd is Associate Dean of Biology at Broward College in Florida and previously taught at San Diego State University for 25 years. His degrees are in the fields of Zoology and Physiology.While at SDSU, he taught medical terminology, human anatomy, advanced human anatomy, and anatomy and physiology. He has written numerous textbooks, lab manuals, and multimedia learning resources in medical terminology, human anatomy, anatomy and physiology, histology, and comparative mammalian anatomy. His goal in teaching and writing is to provide students with learning tools that will help them unlock their minds and release their potential through education. As a college administrator/professor, he enjoys counseling students in the Allied Health fields, developing novel approaches to teaching and learning, and leading faculty in the drive for excellence in education.</P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>01</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[The goal of<I> Medical Terminology Complete </I>is to prepare&nbsp;readers for careers in health care professions by providing them with a self-guided tool for learning medical terminology.&nbsp;&nbsp; This new book is designed to make the task of learning medical terminology as simple as possible.&nbsp; It is written in a friendly, easy to understand manner.&nbsp; <I>Medical Terminology Complete</I> is centered on a programmed learning approach, combining narrative, visual, self-quiz, and clinical insert features. It contains many full color illustrations and photographs to help students visualize structures of the human body.&nbsp;]]></d104>
</othertext>
<othertext>
<d102>04</d102>
<d104 textformat="02"><![CDATA[<P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 1: Introduction to Word Parts and Word Construction </B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter </B><B>2: Suffixes &nbsp;</B> </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 3: Prefixes</B> </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 4: The Human Body in Health and Disease</B> </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 5: The Integumentary System</B> </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter </B><B>6: The Musculoskeletal System</B> </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter </B><B>7: The Blood and The Lymphatic System</B> </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 8: The Cardiovascular System</B> </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 9: The Respiratory System</B> </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 10: The Digestive System</B> </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 11: The Urinary System </B></P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 12: The Reproductive Systems and Obstetrics</B> </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 13: The Nervous System, Mental Health, and Special Senses</B> </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Chapter 14:&nbsp; The Endocrine System</B> </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P><B>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Appendix A: Abbreviations</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Appendix B: Pharmacology Terms</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Appendix C: Answers to Practice Exercises and Chapter Review</B> </P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">&nbsp;</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px">Appendix D: Color and Numerical Terms</P>  <P style="MARGIN: 0px"><B>Index-Glossary</B></B></P>]]></d104>
</othertext>
<mediafile>
<f114>04</f114>
<f115>03</f115>
<f116>06</f116>
<f117>0135133955.jpg</f117>
</mediafile>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20080731</b003>
<b087>2009</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>ROW</b388>
</salesrights>
<notforsale>
<b090>AF AG AL AN AO AR AT AU BB BE BF BG BH BI BM BN BO BR BS BT BW CF CG CH CI CL CM CN CO CR CS CY CZ DE DK DO DZ EC EG ES ET FI FJ FR GB GH GI GM GN GP GR GT GU GY HK HN HT HU ID IE IL IN IQ IR IS IT JM JO JP KE KP KR KW LA LB LI LR LS LU LY MA MG ML MM MN MQ MR MT MU MV MW MY MZ NE NG NI NL NO NP NZ PA PE PG PH PL PT PY QA RO RU RW SA SB SD SE SG SL SM SN SO SV SY SZ TD TG TH TN TR TT TW TZ UG UY VA VE WS YE ZA</b090>
</notforsale>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>10.92</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>8.34</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>0.785</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>1202</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<relatedproduct>
<h208>07</h208>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135133971</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135133972</b244>
</productidentifier>
</relatedproduct>
<relatedproduct>
<h208>07</h208>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>013513398X</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135133989</b244>
</productidentifier>
</relatedproduct>
<relatedproduct>
<h208>07</h208>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135133998</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135133996</b244>
</productidentifier>
</relatedproduct>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>14</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>b</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j151>65.20</j151>
</price>
</supplydetail>
</product>
<product>
<a001>0135133971</a001>
<a002>03</a002>
<a194>01</a194>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135133971</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135133972</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>15</b221>
<b244>9780135133972</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>14</b221>
<b244>09780135133972</b244>
</productidentifier>
<b246>01</b246>
<b012>WW</b012>
<n338/>
<title textcase="02">
<b202>01</b202>
<b203>OneKey CourseCompass, Student Access Card, Medical Terminology Complete!</b203>
</title>
<contributor>
<b034>1</b034>
<b035>A01</b035>
<b037>Wingerd, Bruce</b037>
<b039>Bruce</b039>
<b040>Wingerd</b040>
<b046>Broward Community College</b046>
</contributor>
<language>
<b253>01</b253>
<b252>eng</b252>
</language>
<b073>05</b073>
<imprint>
<b079>Prentice Hall</b079>
</imprint>
<publisher>
<b291>01</b291>
<b081>Pearson Education</b081>
</publisher>
<b394>04</b394>
<b003>20081204</b003>
<b087>2009</b087>
<salesrights>
<b089>01</b089>
<b388>WORLD</b388>
</salesrights>
<measure>
<c093>01</c093>
<c094>8.92</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>02</c093>
<c094>6.44</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>03</c093>
<c094>0.185</c094>
<c095>in</c095>
</measure>
<measure>
<c093>08</c093>
<c094>64</c094>
<c095>gr</c095>
</measure>
<relatedproduct>
<h208>08</h208>
<productidentifier>
<b221>02</b221>
<b244>0135133955</b244>
</productidentifier>
<productidentifier>
<b221>03</b221>
<b244>9780135133958</b244>
</productidentifier>
</relatedproduct>
<supplydetail>
<j137>Pearson Education</j137>
<j141>IP</j141>
<j396>20</j396>
<j145>150</j145>
<price>
<j148>01</j148>
<discountcoded>
<j363>02</j363>
<j364>b</j364>
</discountcoded>
<j